- A customer
reports connectivity problems to an ISP technician. Upon questioning the
customer, the technician discovers that all network applications are
functioning except for FTP. What should the technician suspect is the
problem?
*misconfigured firewall
bad port on switch or hub
misconfigured IP addressing on the customer's workstation
wrong DNS server configured on the customer's workstation
wrong default gateway configured on the customer's workstation
2. Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe the data conversation shown? (Choose two.)
*The data conversation was started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
The data conversation is identified by TCP port 80 on the client.
The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.
The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43.
*The Internet server will send data to port 8547 on the client.
3. How do port filtering and access lists help provide network security?
*They prevent specified types of traffic from reaching specified network destinations.
They alert network administrators to various type of denial of service attacks as they occur.
They prevent viruses, worms, and Trojans from infecting host computers and servers.
They enable encryption and authentication of confidential data communications.
4. A hacker attempts to reach confidential information that is stored on a server inside the corporate network. A network security solution inspects the entire packet, determines that it is a threat, and blocks the packet from entering the inside network. Which security measure protected the network?
an IDS
*an IPS
a host-based firewall
Anti-X software
5. Which type of address is 192.168.17.111/28?
host address
network address
*broadcast address
multicast address
6. An organization has 50 traveling salespersons who must be able to connect to the company network from client sites and hotels. Which WAN connection will allow this access?
Frame Relay
Cable
DSL
*dialup
7. From which router was this command executed?
A
B
*C
D
8. A ping issued from PC3 is successful to RTB. However, echo request packets arrive at PC1 but the echo replies do not make it back to PC3. What will fix this problem?
RTA must be configured to forward packets to the 192.168.2.0 network.
*The ip route command needs to be edited so that the next hop address is 10.1.1.5.
The ip route command needs to be edited so that the 192.168.2.1 address is the next hop address.
The ip route command should be removed from the RTB router configuration.
Another default route should be configured on RTA with a next hop address of 10.1.1.6.
9. Refer to the exhibit. Which subnet mask would accommodate the number of hosts indicated for all subnets if the major network address was 192.168.25.0/24?
255.255.0.0
255.255.224.0
255.255.255.0
*255.255.255.224
255.255.255.240
255.255.255.248
10. Which routing protocol facilitates the exchange of routing information between different autonomous systems?
OSPF
EIGRP
RIP
*BGP
11. Which statement is correct about passive data connections in the FTP protocol?
The server initiates the data transfer connection.
*The server forwards its IP address and a random port number to the FTP client through the control stream.
The firewalls do not permit passive data connections to hosts that are located within the network.
The client forwards data to port 21 of the server.
12. Which statement is true about the reverse lookup DNS zone?
It is most commonly experienced when users are surfing the Internet.
It is the backup for the forward lookup zone.
It dynamically updates the resource records.
*It resolves an IP address to a fully qualified domain name.
13. Which two statements are correct about the DNS hierarchy? (Choose two.)
The root server maintains records for all servers in the Internet.
*DNS relies on the hierarchy of decentralized servers to maintain records.
All DNS servers manage databases that store name-to-IP mappings for the entire DNS structure.
The process of name resolution starts from the server at the top of the DNS hierarchy.
*The root servers maintain records about how to reach top-level domain servers.
14. Which statement is correct about the proxy support that is offered by the HTTP protocol?
It allows clients to make direct network connections to other network services.
*It filters unsuitable web content.
It reduces the speed of the network.
It encrypts the data that is being transmitted.
15. Which routes are automatically added to the routing table on a neighbor router when routing protocols exchange information about directly connected networks?
*dynamic routes
static routes
default routes
directly connected routes
16. Which combination of network address and subnet mask allows 62 hosts to be connected in a single subnet?
Network address 10.1.1.4 Subnet mask 255.255.255.240
Network address 10.1.1.0 Subnet mask 255.255.255.252
*Network address 10.1.1.0 Subnet mask 255.255.255.192
Network address 10.1.1.4 Subnet mask 255.255.255.248
17. Refer to the exhibit. There is no routing protocol configured on either router. Which command will create a default route on R1 to forward the traffic to R2?
R1(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.1.1.1
*R1(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.0.2
R1(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.0.1
R1(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 S0/0/1
18. Which statement describes a route that has been learned dynamically?
*It is automatically updated and maintained by routing protocols.
It is unaffected by changes in the topology of the network.
It has an administrative distance of 1.
It is identified by the prefix C in the routing table.
19. What is a characteristic of UDP?
It is a reliable transport protocol.
It requires the source host to resend packets that are not acknowledged.
*It adds a minimal amount of overhead to the data to be transmitted.
It is a connection-oriented protocol.
20. What can cause a problem at the data link layer?
a faulty network cable
a firewall that is blocking all HTTP traffic
*incorrectly configured device drivers
incorrectly configured subnet masks
21. Which cable type is used to interconnect the FastEthernet interfaces of two routers?
straight-through
*crossover
console
rollover
22. Which two statements are correct about the UDP protocol? (Choose two.)
It utilizes a flow control mechanism.
It uses windowing.
*It does not provide acknowledgment of receipt of data.
*It is a connectionless protocol.
It guarantees the sequential arrival of data packets.
23. Which type of WAN connection uses a circuit-switched network?
*ISDN
Frame Relay
DSL
Cable
24. What could be the reason for this problem?
The subnet mask is incorrectly configured on both routers.
A static route is not configured on both routers.
*Different encapsulations are configured on the two routers.
The clock rate is not set on any of the router serial interfaces.
25. What is the purpose of using the copy tftp flash command on a router?
to back up the current IOS image to a server
*to restore the IOS image from a server
to back up the router configuration to a server
to restore the router configuration from flash
26. Which statement correctly describes the function of AAA?
*It prevents unauthorized access to a network.
It filters traffic based on destination IP and port number.
It enables users to send information to a daemon that is running on a management station.
It encrypts data to provide network security.
27. Which statement correctly describes the importance of an SLA?
It outlines the range of services received by the ISP.
It outlines the process to resolve planned incidents.
*It outlines the management, monitoring, and maintenance of a network.
It outlines the termination costs according to the budget cycle of the customer.
28. A user is able to ping IP addresses but is unable to ping hosts by domain name. What should be checked at the workstation of the user?
the device driver configuration of NIC
the LED status of the NIC
*the DNS configuration
the firewall settings
29. A user is unable to connect to the Internet. The network administrator decides to use the top-down troubleshooting approach. Which action should the administrator perform first?
Run the tracert command to identify the faulty device.
Check the patch cable connection from the PC to the wall.
*Enter an IP address in the address bar of the web browser to determine if DNS has failed.
Run the ipconfig command to verify the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway on the PC.
30. What is a characteristic of the EIGRP routing protocol?
It has a hop count limitation that makes it suitable only for small, simple networks that consist of fewer than 15 hops.
It does not include subnet mask information in routing updates.
*It builds the topology table based on all of the advertisements from its neighbors.
It maintains a full database of distant routers and the methods by which they interconnect.
31. A network is spread across two buildings that are separated by a distance of 500 feet (152 meters). An electrical transformer is installed near the cable route. Which type of cable should be used in this network?
STP
UTP
coaxial
*fiber-optic
32. Refer to the exhibit. Which cable path segments require the use of crossover cables?
A, D, F
B, C, E
*B, D, E
A, C, F
33. Refer to the exhibit. Router R1 has been configured with the commands that are displayed. Which password will be used to access the EXEC privileged mode of the router?
password1
*password2
password3
password4
34. Refer to the exhibit. Host A is unable to ping R1. Which two configuration steps should be performed on R1 to solve this problem? (Choose two.)
Configure the appropriate line password to access the router.
Configure the speed of the interface.
*Enable the interface administratively.
Configure a dynamic routing protocol on the router.
*Configure the subnet mask on the router correctly.
35. Refer to the exhibit. Host A is unable to ping host B. What can be done to solve this problem? (Choose two.)
Configure a default route on R1 with the use of exit interface Fa0/0.
Configure a default route on R2 by using the exit interface Fa0/0.
Configure a static route on R1 with 192.168.0.1/24 as the next hop address.
*Configure a static route for network 10.1.2.0/24 on R2 and use exit interface S0/0/0.
*Configure a static route for network 10.1.1.0/24 on R1 with the next hop address as the IP address of the serial interface of R2.
36. What are two reasons for issuing the show ip route command on a router? (Choose two.)
It displays the routing activity in real time.
It displays the length of time until the next routing update.
*It displays the directly connected networks.
It displays all of the routing protocols that are configured on the neighboring routers.
*It displays the routing protocol that is receiving updates from the neighboring routers.
37. When a router learns two paths to the same destination network, which two factors determine the path that will be included in the routing table? (Choose two.)
*route metric
the MAC address of the neighboring router
the source IP address in data packets
the IP address of the next hop router
*administrative distance
38.Refer to the exhibit. A network technician issues the tracert 192.168.2.99 command successfully on host A. What are two consequences of running this command? (Choose two.)
The traceroute packet is broadcast to the network.
The command output will display the IP address of both the inbound and outbound router interfaces that the packet passes through.
*The command output will display all routers through which the packet has passed.
All successful hops between host A and host B will reply to the echo request with a proxy ICMP response.
*The command will calculate the time between when the packet is sent and when a reply is received from a router.
39. A host has been properly cabled and configured with a unique hostname and valid IP address. Which two additional components should be configured to enable the host to access remote resources? (Choose two.)
*the subnet mask
the MAC address
*the default gateway
the loopback IP address
the DHCP server IP address
40. Refer to the exhibit. What two addresses are the broadcast addresses for network A and network B? (Choose two.)
Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.32
*Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.47
Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.15
*Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.207
Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.240
Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.192
41. A network administrator has designed a Class B network with a 255.255.254.0 mask. Which two statements are true for this network? (Choose two.)
*There are 128 subnets.
There are 256 subnets.
There are 512 subnets.
There are 126 usable hosts per subnet.
There are 254 usable hosts per subnet.
*There are 510 usable hosts per subnet.
42. Refer to the exhibit. R1 and R2 are configured with the commands that are displayed. All interfaces are properly configured, but neither router is receiving routing updates. What two things can be done to solve the problem? (Choose two.)
*Configure the routing protocol on R1 for network 10.0.0.0.
*Configure the routing protocol on R2 for network 10.0.0.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R1 for network 192.168.4.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R1 for network 192.168.2.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R2 for network 192.168.1.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R2 for network 192.168.3.0.
43. Which two statements are correct about the ICMP packet that is used by the ping command? (Choose two.)
It guarantees datagram delivery.
*It verifies Layer 3 connectivity.
It acknowledges the receipt of TCP segments.
It determines where a packet is lost on the path from the source to the destination.
*It measures the time that elapses between when the request packet is sent and the response packet is received.
44. What is the effect of issuing the banner login #Unauthorized login prohibited# command on a router?
*It will display the message "Unauthorized login prohibited" before the router prompts for a user name.
It replaces the banner motd command.
It causes the router to prompt for login credentials for any user who is attempting to connect to the router.
It causes the message "Unauthorized access prohibited" to display when a HyperTerminal connection is idle.
45. Refer to the exhibit. What fact can be determined from the exhibited output?
PPP is enabled on this router.
The bandwidth setting of the interfaces is consistent with a T1 connection.
The serial0/0/0 interface is administratively down.
*The default encapsulation is set for the serial0/0/0 interface.
Subnet mask 255.255.255.255 has been configured for the serial0/0/0 interface.
46. In order to load an initial configuration on a new switch, a network administrator has connected a laptop to the switch via the use of a console cable. About a minute after the network administrator powers on the switch, the SYST LED on the front of the switch changes from blinking green to amber. What does this indicate?
The network administrator has made an improper physical connection to the switch.
The switch is ready to have a configuration file loaded.
A port on the switch is bad.
*The switch failed POST.
47. What occurs during a static NAT translation?
Multiple local addresses are mapped to one global address.
The host device is configured with a permanent outside global address.
*A one-to-one mapping is created between an inside local and outside global address.
The router is forced to return the inside global address to the address pool when a session ends.
48. Refer to the exhibit. What is used to exchange routing information between routers within each AS?
static routing
*IGP routing protocols
EGP routing protocols
default routing
49. Why do the static routes fail to appear in the routing table?
The default route has not been configured on the routers.
A dynamic routing protocol has not been configured.
*The router interfaces are administratively down.
The serial interfaces must be configured with an address in the 10.14.14.0 network.
50. Refer to the exhibit. While configuring the serial interface of a router, the network administrator sees the highlighted error message. What is the reason for this?
The serial interface is administratively down.
The serial interface is already configured with an IP address.
*The network administrator has attempted to configure the serial interface with a broadcast address.
The same IP address has been configured on another interface.
51. Refer to the exhibit. R2 is connected to the Serial0/0/1 interface of R1 and is properly configured to share routing updates with R1. Which network will R2 exclude from installing in its routing table?
R 192.168.10.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.1.2, 00:00:10, Serial0/0/1
R 192.168.7.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.1.2, 00:00:10, Serial0/0/1
*R 192.168.6.0/24 [120/15] via 192.168.3.2, 00:00:10, Serial0/0/0
R 192.168.8.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.2, 00:00:10, Serial0/0/0
52. How does an SNMP trap aid network monitoring and management?
It reports to the management station by responding to polls.
It collects information for the management station by using polling devices.
*It sends an alert message to the management station when a threshold is reached.
It flags attempts to begin a DoS attack on the network.
53. Refer to the exhibit. Which statement is true based on the exhibited information?
The router is using a link-state routing protocol.
*The router will get routing updates on the FastEthernet0/0 interface.
The router will not forward routing updates from the Serial0/0/0 interface.
The network for Fa0/1 will be included in the routing updates that are sent from this router.
54. Different hosts connect to the same switch port at different times. If the switch port is configured with dynamic port security, how does it process the MAC addresses?
The addresses are manually assigned with the use of the switchport command.
*The addresses are dynamically learned and stored in the address table.
The addresses are dynamically configured and saved in the running configuration.
The addresses are stored in the address table and added to the running configuration.
CCNA2 FINAL VERSI 3
1. A customer reports connectivity problems to an ISP technician. Upon questioning the customer, the technician discovers that all network applications are functioning except for FTP. What should the technician suspect is the problem?
*misconfigured firewall
bad port on switch or hub
misconfigured IP addressing on the customer's workstation
wrong DNS server configured on the customer's workstation
wrong default gateway configured on the customer's workstation
2. Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe the data conversation shown? (Choose two.)
*The data conversation was started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
The data conversation is identified by TCP port 80 on the client.
The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.
The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43.
*The Internet server will send data to port 8547 on the client.
3. How do port filtering and access lists help provide network security?
*They prevent specified types of traffic from reaching specified network destinations.
They alert network administrators to various type of denial of service attacks as they occur.
They prevent viruses, worms, and Trojans from infecting host computers and servers.
They enable encryption and authentication of confidential data communications.
4. A hacker attempts to reach confidential information that is stored on a server inside the corporate network. A network security solution inspects the entire packet, determines that it is a threat, and blocks the packet from entering the inside network. Which security measure protected the network?
an IDS
*an IPS
a host-based firewall
Anti-X software
5. Which type of address is 192.168.17.111/28?
host address
network address
*broadcast address
multicast address
6. From which router was this command executed?
A
B
*C
D
7. A ping issued from PC3 is successful to RTB. However, echo request packets arrive at PC1 but the echo replies do not make it back to PC3. What will fix this problem?
RTA must be configured to forward packets to the 192.168.2.0 network.
*The ip route command needs to be edited so that the next hop address is 10.1.1.5.
The ip route command needs to be edited so that the 192.168.2.1 address is the next hop address.
The ip route command should be removed from the RTB router configuration.
Another default route should be configured on RTA with a next hop address of 10.1.1.6.
8. Refer to the exhibit. Which subnet mask would accommodate the number of hosts indicated for all subnets if the major network address was 192.168.25.0/24?
255.255.0.0
255.255.224.0
255.255.255.0
*255.255.255.224
255.255.255.240
255.255.255.248
9. What is the most commonly used exterior routing protocol?
*BGP
RIP
OSPF
EIGRP
10. What is one purpose of the TCP three-way handshake?
sending echo requests from the source to the destination host to establish the presence of the destination
determining the IP address of the destination host in preparation for data transfer
requesting the destination to transfer a binary file to the source
*synchronizing sequence numbers between source and destination in preparation for data transfer
11. How does TCP ensure the reliable transfer of data?
If data segments are not received from the source, the destination requests that the segments be resent.
*If an acknowledgment of the transmitted segments is not received from the destination in a predetermined amount of the time, the source resends the data.
TCP uses the SYN-ACK portion of the three-way handshake to ensure that all data has been received.
The TCP Protocol Interpreter process verifies the transmitted data at source and destination.
12. What are two purposes of DNS? (Choose two.)
to dynamically assign IP addressing information to network hosts
to simplify the administration of host and default gateway addressing on client computers
to assign TCP port numbers to hosts as part of the data transfer process
*to resolve human-readable domain names to numeric IP addresses
*to replace the static HOSTS file with a more practical dynamic system
13. A company is developing an Internet store for its website. Which protocol should be used to transfer credit card information from customers to the company web server?
FTPS
HTTP
*HTTPS
WEP2
TFTP
14. What is used by a routing protocol to determine the best path to include in the routing table?
Convergence time
Default distance
*Metric
Type of router
15. How many host addresses may be assigned on each subnetwork when using the 130.68.0.0 network address with a subnet mask of 255.255.248.0?
30
256
*2046
2048
4094
4096
16. Refer to the graphic. Which command will configure a static route on Router A to direct traffic from LAN A that is destined for LAN C?
RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.5.2
*RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2
RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.5.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2
RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.1
RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.2 255.255.255.0 192.168.4.0
17. In an IPv4 environment, what information is used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to another?
*destination network address
source network address
source MAC address
well known port destination address
18. Why are port numbers included in the TCP header of a segment?
to indicate the correct router interface that should be used to forward a segment
to identify which switch ports should receive or forward the segment
to determine which Layer 3 protocol should be used to encapsulate the data
*to enable a receiving host to forward the data to the appropriate application
to allow the receiving host to assemble the packet in the proper order
19. After an unsuccessful ping to the local router, the technician decides to investigate the router. The technician observes that the lights and fan on the router are not operational. In which layer of the OSI model is the problem most likely occurring?
transport
network
data link
*physical
20. Refer to the exhibit. Which type of UTP cable should be used to connect Host A to Switch1?
rollover
console
crossover
*straight-through
21. What are three characteristics of the TCP protocol? (Choose three.)
exchanges datagrams unreliably
is used to send IP error messages
*forces the retransmission of unacknowledged packets
*creates a virtual session between end-user applications
carries the IP address of the destination host in the TCP header
*is responsible for breaking messages into segments and reassembling them at their destination
22. Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured to connect to the headquarters router?
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.19 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.25 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.33 255.255.255.240
*branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
23. When customers use credit cards to make purchases at a small business, a modem is heard dialing a telephone number to transfer the transaction data to the central office. What type of WAN serial connection is in use?
leased line
packet switched
*circuit switched
point-to-point
24. The command copy tftp running-config has been entered on the router. What will this command do?
copy the configuration in RAM to a server
*copy the configuration file from a server to RAM
copy the configuration file in NVRAM to RAM
copy the configuration file in NVRAM to a server
copy the configuration file from a server to NVRAM
25. A network technician is using a network management station to gather data about the performance of devices and links within the ISP. Which application layer protocol makes this possible?
*SNMP
FTP
DHCP
SMTP
26. Which two protocols allow network devices to report their status and events to a centralized network management device? (Choose two.)
*Syslog
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
*SNMP
27. A user reports being able to access the Internet but not being able to download e-mail from the mail server at the ISP. What should the user check on the user workstation?
*the POP3 and SMTP server settings in the e-mail application
the patch cable connections at the back of the workstation and at the wall plate
the DHCP settings in the operating system
the IP address, mask, and default gateway values
the NIC drivers
28. A user reports being unable to access the Internet. The help desk technician employs a bottom-up approach to troubleshooting. The technician first has the user check the patch cable connection from the PC to the wall, and then has the user verify that the NIC has a green link light. What will the technician have the user do next?
Enter an IP address into the WWW browser address bar to see if DNS is at fault.
Use traceroute to identify the device along the path to the ISP that may be at fault.
*Verify the IP address, subnet, and gateway settings using ipconfig on the PC.
Connect to the user home router to check firewall settings for blocked TCP ports.
29. What is the purpose of the routing process?
to encapsulate data that is used to communicate across a network
*to select the paths that are used to direct traffic to destination networks
to convert a URL name into an IP address
to provide secure Internet file transfer
to forward traffic on the basis of MAC addresses
30. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator of the building in the graphic needs to choose the type of cable best suited to add ServerB to the network. Which cable type is the best choice?
STP
UTP
coaxial
*fiber optic
31. Refer to the exhibit. Which combination of cables and symbols is correct?
A - crossover, B - straight-through, C - straight-through
A - crossover, B - rollover, C - straight-through
*A - straight-through, B -crossover, C - straight-through
A - straight-through, B -straight-through, C - straight-through
A - straight-through, B - straight-through, C - crossover
A - rollover, B - straight-through, C - straight-through
32. Which two commands ensure that any password that permits access to the privileged EXEC mode is not shown in plain text when the configuration files are displayed? (Choose two.)
*Router(config)# enable secret cisco
Router(config)# enable cisco
Router(config)# encryption-password all
Router(config)# enable login encrypted
Router(config)# enable password encryption
*Router(config)# service password-encryption
33. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator needs to configure the Fa0/0 interface of RTB so that hosts from RTA can connect to the server that is attached to RTB. Which two commands will the administrator use to accomplish this task? (Choose two.)
RTB# ip address 192.168.102.98 255.255.255.248
RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.99 255.255.255.252
RTB(config)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252
RTB(config)# no shutdown
*RTB(config-if)# no shutdown
*RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252
34. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator has configured the RTA and RTB interfaces. In order to allow hosts that are attached to RTA to reach the server that is attached to RTB, a static route from RTA to the server LAN and a default route from RTB back to RTA need to be configured. Which two commands will the administrator use to accomplish these tasks on the two routers? (Choose two.)
RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.5 255.255.255.252 10.16.10.6
RTA(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.16.10.6
*RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.96 255.255.255.252 10.16.10.6
RTB(config)# ip route 10.16.10.6 255.255.255.248 10.16.10.6
*RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 S0/0/1
RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.16.10.6
35. Which two statements are true about the use of the debug ip rip command on a Cisco router? (Choose two.)
*The debug ip rip command displays RIP routing activity in real time.
The debug ip rip command can be issued at the user EXEC configuration mode.
The debug ip rip command displays a combination of the information that is displayed by the show ip route and show ip protocols commands.
*Because of router processor usage, the debug ip rip command should be used only when necessary.
The debug ip rip command should be used instead of the show ip route command whenever possible.
36. Which two processes enable a router to determine paths to destination networks? (Choose two.)
inspection of the source IP address in data packets
ARP requests from connected routers
*manual configuration of routes
*updates from other routers
DHCP information broadcasts
updates from the SMTP management information base
37. Refer to the exhibit. A NOC technician at an ISP enters the command c:\ping 209.165.201.7. What are two reasons to use this command? (Choose two.)
map the path to 209.165.201.7
*test reachability to 209.165.201.7
locate connectivity problems along the route to 209.165.201.7
identify ISPs that interconnect the NOC and remote host with IP 209.165.201.7
*measure the time that packets take to reach 209.165.201.7 and return to the technician's workstation
38. A user is attempting to do an http://www.cisco.com/ without success. Which two configuration values must be set on the host to allow this access? (Choose two.)
*DNS server
WINS server
HTTP server
*default gateway
Netbios
39. Refer to the exhibit. Which two IP addresses could be assigned to the hosts in the diagram? (Choose two.)
192.168.65.31
192.168.65.32
*192.168.65.35
*192.168.65.60
192.168.65.63
192.168.65.64
40. Which two subnet masks could be used when subnetting a Class B IP address? (Choose two.)
*255.255.255.240
*255.255.192.0
255.255.0.0
255.192.0.0
240.0.0.0
255.0.0.0
41. A new router is connected to an existing network. Which two tasks must be completed on the new router to include it in the dynamic routing process? (Choose two.)
Enter the new network IP address on all existing routers.
*Assign an appropriate IP address and subnet mask to the serial interface.
Update the ip host configuration information with the device name and new interface IP address.
*Configure a routing protocol with the directly connected network IP addresses.
Configure a routing protocol to include all networks from all existing routers.
42. Refer to the exhibit. A ping 192.168.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What two events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)
The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.
Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.
The router will send a TCP acknowledgment message to workstation A.
Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to the router.
*Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
*Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
43. Refer to the exhibit. Which command would an administrator use to configure the router name?
Router# ip hostname Boise
Router# hostname Boise
Router(config-line)# name Boise
*Router(config)# hostname Boise
Router> ip hostname Boise
44. Refer to the exhibit. What two conclusions can be drawn about router RTB? (Choose two.)
The router is connected to a router named Boise.
*Router RTB is connected to a Cisco 1841 router.
Router RTB is directly connected to two other routers.
*The IP address of the router interface that is connected to router RTB is 192.168.2.6.
The RTB router is connected to two Cisco devices by FastEthernet links.
45. A small tire retailer requires a low-cost WAN connection to its headquarters in order to manage its inventory and process customer sales in real time. Which WAN connection type is best suited to its needs?
SONET
T3
T1
*DSL
leased line
46. A Catalyst switch is used as a temporary replacement for another switch that needs to be repaired. About a minute after the switch has started, the SYST LED on the front of the switch transitions from blinking green to amber. What is the meaning of the amber SYST LED?
The switch has no configuration file in NVRAM.
*The switch has failed POST and must be sent for service.
The switch is functioning properly.
The switch is in half-duplex mode.
47. A network administrator is asked to design a system to allow simultaneous access to the Internet for 250 users. The ISP can only supply five public IP addresses for this network. What technology can the administrator use to accomplish this task?
classful subnetting
variable length subnet masks
classless interdomain routing
*port-based Network Address Translation
48.Refer to the exhibit. The diagram that is shown represents the network of a manufacturing company with its headquarters at one end of a city and its warehouse at the other end. These two locations are connected via a T1 line. How will the Fohi router dynamically learn routes to the 192.168.16.16/28, 192.168.16.32/28, and 192.168.16.64/28 subnetworks?
with BGP
with a static route
with a directly connected route
*with an interior routing protocol
49. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator configures a static default route to the Internet on RTA. Why does the route not appear in the routing table?
The gateway of last resort is not set.
*The serial interface is not operational.
The routing protocol has not been configured.
The default route can only be configured on RTB.
The destination prefix mask should be 255.255.255.255.
50. Refer to the exhibit. The PC tries to ping router B at 192.168.2.2, but the ping fails. What is the problem?
*The address of the PC is on the wrong subnet.
The subnet mask of the PC should be 255.255.255.0.
The default gateway should be 192.168.2.1.
The DNS server is incorrect.
51. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting the serial connection between R1 and R2. There is no communication between R1 and R2. Based on the output of the show ip interface brief command, what is the cause of the problem?
*There is a misconfiguration of IP addresses.
There is a mismatch of encapsulation methods.
The no shutdown command should be issued on R2.
The routing protocols are not compatible.
52. Refer to the exhibit. A user who is connected to RTA is trying to telnet to RTB, but the connection is failing. Based on the output of the show running-config command on router RTB, why is the Telnet session failing?
Telnet has not been configured on the console line.
The login command has not been issued on the console line.
*No password has been configured on the VTY lines.
A session limit has not been configured for Telnet.
53. Refer to the exhibit. Based on the output of the show ip route command, how many hops are between this router and the 192.168.3.0 network?
3
*4
5
120
54. How does a switch interface that uses sticky port security handle MAC addresses?
The addresses are configured manually and are saved in the running configuration.
They are configured manually and are not saved in the running configuration.
*They are configured dynamically and are saved in the running configuration.
They are configured dynamically and are not saved in the running configuration.
FINAL CCNA2 VERSI 3
1. What is a characteristic of a scalable network?
100% uptime
redundant links
*easy expansion
multiple backup devices
2. In an IPv4 environment, what information is used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to another?
*destination network address
source network address
source MAC address
well known port destination address
3. When a router learns two paths to the same destination network, which two factors determine the path that will be included in the routing table? (Choose two.)
*route metric
the MAC address of the neighboring router
the source IP address in data packets
the IP address of the next hop router
*administrative distance
4. What needs to be configured on a router to ensure that when the router receives a packet with an unknown destination, the router will forward it to the next hop?
*a default route
a directly connected route
a dynamically updated route
a static route to the destination network
5. What routing protocol would be appropriate to use for exchanging routes between ISPs?
RIPv2
*BGP
OSPF
EIGRP
6. Wireless radio waves are associated with which layer of the OSI model?
*Layer 1
Layer 2
Layer 3
Layer 4
Layer 5
Layer 6
Layer 7
7. What happens when a segment is encapsulated into a packet?
Data is converted to bits for transmission.
The destination port number is specified.
*A header with logical addresses is added.
A session with a destination is established.
8. Refer to the exhibit. Hosts that belong to the IT department use 10.10.55.33/27 as a default gateway. Where can this IP address be located in the network?
A
B
C
*D
E
F
9. A network administrator wants to configure six subnets for a Class C network. Which subnet mask will support the maximum number of hosts on each subnet?
255.255.255.248
255.255.255.240
*255.255.255.224
255.255.255.192
10. Which two subnet masks can be used when subnetting a Class A IP address? (Choose two.)
255.0.0.0
240.0.0.0
224.0.0.0
*255.255.0.0
*255.255.255.0
11. A user is attempting to do an http://www.cisco.com/ without success. Which two configuration values must be set on the host to allow this access? (Choose two.)
*DNS server
WINS server
HTTP server
*default gateway
Netbios
12. Refer to the exhibit. What two addresses are the broadcast addresses for network A and network B? (Choose two.)
Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.32
*Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.47
Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.15
*Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.207
Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.240
Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.192
13. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting the serial connection between R1 and R2. There is no communication between R1 and R2. Based on the output of the show ip interface brief command, what is the cause of the problem?
*There is a misconfiguration of IP addresses.
There is a mismatch of encapsulation methods.
The no shutdown command should be issued on R2.
The routing protocols are not compatible.
14. Refer to the exhibit. Host H1 is sending a datagram to host H2 across the Internet. NAT will be configured on RTRC. Which address is considered the inside local address?
10.1.1.1
*10.1.1.6
209.165.201.2
209.165.201.17
209.165.200.226
15. Refer to the exhibit. What two facts can be determined from the output of the show ip protocols command? (Choose two.)
*The routing protocol in use on RTA is RIPv1.
RTA is directly connected to four neighbor routers.
*The administrative distance of the routing protocol is 120.
RTA will receive the next update from its neighbor in 30 seconds.
The routing protocol is only sending updates out the serial interface.
16. How does a switch interface that uses sticky port security handle MAC addresses?
The addresses are configured manually and are saved in the running configuration.
They are configured manually and are not saved in the running configuration.
*They are configured dynamically and are saved in the running configuration.
They are configured dynamically and are not saved in the running configuration.
17. Which statement best describes the operation of a Layer 2 switch?
functions at the network layer of the OSI model
forwards traffic from one local IP network to another
*directs traffic from one port to another based on the destination MAC address
dynamically creates a forwarding table that maps IP addresses to MAC addresses
18. To manage a Cisco switch using Telnet, where would the management IP address be configured on the switch?
*VLAN 1 interface
first vty port
first trunk port
console port
FastEthernet 0/1 interface
19. Refer to the exhibit. A ping 192.168.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What two events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)
The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.
Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.
The router will send a TCP acknowledgment message to workstation A.
Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to the router.
*Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
*Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
20. A tracert command is run on a host to determine if another host can be reached across a network. Which two events will occur if connectivity with the other host is unsuccessful? (Choose two.)
*The command will display all the successful hops a packet makes before it is lost.
The command will calculate the time between successful and unsuccessful packets.
The host on which the command is run will send a UDP request message to the other host.
*The command helps to determine where a packet was lost on the path from the source to the destination.
All hops between the two hosts display !!!!! to signify success.
21. Which protocol allows secure in-band management so that a network administrator can monitor and configure network devices without fear of any passwords being compromised?
*SSH
HTTP
SNMP
Telnet
22. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is unable to ping H1 from the router and is checking the cabling along the network. Which segment is incorrectly cabled?
Segment A
Segment B
Segment C
*Segment D
23. When does a router enter the setup mode?
when the Cisco IOS is missing in flash
*when the configuration is missing in NVRAM
when the setup command is run from the user mode
when the boot system command is missing in the configuration
24. Which two commands ensure that any password that permits access to the privileged EXEC mode is not shown in plain text when the configuration files are displayed? (Choose two.)
*Router(config)# enable secret cisco
Router(config)# enable cisco
Router(config)# encryption-password all
Router(config)# enable login encrypted
Router(config)# enable password encryption
*Router(config)# service password-encryption
25. What is the effect of issuing the hostname RouterA command on a router?
A description will be configured on the router interfaces identifying them as belonging to RouterA.
The router will attempt to establish a connection to the host with the name RouterA.
The router will map an IP address to the domain name RouterA.
*The router prompt will change from Router(config)# to RouterA(config)#
26. Refer to the exhibit. What is the possible reason that a technician is unable to telnet into the HQ router and make configuration changes?
*A password is required for vty 0.
A password for line con 0 is required.
All five virtual interfaces must be configured before Telnet is possible.
The service password-encryption command is preventing Telnet access.
27. Refer to the exhibit. Which type of link is supported by this interface module?
LAN
*WAN
WLAN
VLAN
28. Refer to the exhibit. While configuring the serial interface of a router, the network administrator sees the highlighted error message. What is the reason for this?
The serial interface is administratively down.
The serial interface is already configured with an IP address.
*The network administrator has attempted to configure the serial interface with a broadcast address.
The same IP address has been configured on another interface.
29. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator has added a route by using the ip route 10.13.13.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.1 command on R1. Hosts on the 10.12.12.0 network cannot communicate with hosts on the 10.13.13.0 network. What is the reason for this?
The gateway of last resort is not set.
The destination prefix mask is incorrectly configured.
The routing protocol has not been configured on R1.
*The static route has not been configured correctly.
30. A network administrator is planning new cable installations for an automated manufacturing facility. The cabling solution must be scalable and function reliably in an environment subject to electromagnetic interference. Which two cable solutions should the administrator consider? (Choose two.)
*STP
UTP
coaxial
*fiber optic
wireless
31. In a structured cable system, which term describes the cable that connects the wall jack in the user work area to the patch panel in the wiring closet?
patch cable
vertical cable
*horizontal cable
backbone cable
32. What should be the first step in a structured cable project?
Locate all sources of EMI.
*Obtain an accurate floor plan.
Identify the network backbone.
Design efficient cable management systems.
33. What can be gained by using a caching-only DNS server?
The DNS server will use more WAN bandwidth.
The DNS server will only answer recursive queries.
The DNS server will be authoritative for only one zone.
*The DNS server will resolve most queries more quickly.
34. Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe the data conversation shown? (Choose two.)
*The data conversation was started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
The data conversation is identified by TCP port 80 on the client.
The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.
The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43.
*The Internet server will send data to port 8547 on the client.
35. Which statement describes a feature of TCP?
It provides low overhead data delivery.
*It acknowledges the receipt of packets.
It does not provide error checking.
It is a connectionless protocol.
36. Which application can be delivered using UDP?
FTP
*DNS
HTTP
SMTP
37. Which statement is correct about passive data connections in the FTP protocol?
The server initiates the data transfer connection.
*The server forwards its IP address and a random port number to the FTP client through the control stream.
The firewalls do not permit passive data connections to hosts that are located within the network.
The client forwards data to port 21 of the server.
38. A hacker attempts to reach confidential information that is stored on a server inside the corporate network. A network security solution inspects the entire packet, determines that it is a threat, and blocks the packet from entering the inside network. Which security measure protected the network?
an IDS
*an IPS
a host-based firewall
Anti-X software
39. For the assignment of permissions to files and folders, what does the "principle of least privilege" imply?
No user has more privileges than any other user.
Permissions to files are given based on seniority.
*Users only have access to resources that are necessary for their jobs.
Users should be given no access to computer resources until they ask.
40. Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured to connect to the headquarters router?
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.19 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.25 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.33 255.255.255.240
*branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
41. What is the default encapsulation for serial interfaces on Cisco routers?
PPP
SLIP
*HDLC
Frame Relay
42. A large company wants to ensure its connection to a remote branch office. The connection must be able to support equally high upstream and downstream traffic. The service provider must also provide an SLA with a guarantee of specific uptime and security. What type of connection best suits the needs of the company?
DSL connection
cable connection
dialup connection
*point-to-point leased line connection
43. Refer to the exhibit. The Transfer > Capture Text feature available through HyperTerminal has been used to capture the running configuration on a router. The startup-configuration has been erased from the router followed by the issuing of the reload command. The startup-config is restored by using the captured file, but all interfaces on the router are shown as administratively down. What could cause this problem?
The enable password was incorrectly entered.
The configuration register was not set to 0x2142.
The enable secret password was incorrectly entered.
*The no shutdown command must be entered under each interface section in the file being sent.
The captured file should have restored the running configuration not the startup configuration.
44. The IT department of a company implements a backup plan which includes a daily backup on Monday through Saturday. Only files that were modified during each day are backed up. Which backup method is being used?
full backup
normal backup
differential backup
*incremental backup
45. Which statement correctly describes an SLA?
It lists the terms of the agreement between the user and the manufacturer of the system.
*It outlines the management, monitoring, and maintenance of a network.
It specifies the software and hardware configurations of a system.
It describes the operation of a system.
1. What is a characteristic of a scalable network?
100% uptime
redundant links
*easy expansion
multiple backup devices
2. In an IPv4 environment, what information is used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to another?
*destination network address
source network address
source MAC address
well known port destination address
3. When a router learns two paths to the same destination network, which two factors determine the path that will be included in the routing table? (Choose two.)
*route metric
the MAC address of the neighboring router
the source IP address in data packets
the IP address of the next hop router
*administrative distance
4. What needs to be configured on a router to ensure that when the router receives a packet with an unknown destination, the router will forward it to the next hop?
*a default route
a directly connected route
a dynamically updated route
a static route to the destination network
5. What routing protocol would be appropriate to use for exchanging routes between ISPs?
RIPv2
*BGP
OSPF
EIGRP
6. Wireless radio waves are associated with which layer of the OSI model?
*Layer 1
Layer 2
Layer 3
Layer 4
Layer 5
Layer 6
Layer 7
7. What happens when a segment is encapsulated into a packet?
Data is converted to bits for transmission.
The destination port number is specified.
*A header with logical addresses is added.
A session with a destination is established.
8. Refer to the exhibit. Hosts that belong to the IT department use 10.10.55.33/27 as a default gateway. Where can this IP address be located in the network?
A
B
C
*D
E
F
9. A network administrator wants to configure six subnets for a Class C network. Which subnet mask will support the maximum number of hosts on each subnet?
255.255.255.248
255.255.255.240
*255.255.255.224
255.255.255.192
10. Which two subnet masks can be used when subnetting a Class A IP address? (Choose two.)
255.0.0.0
240.0.0.0
224.0.0.0
*255.255.0.0
*255.255.255.0
11. A user is attempting to do an http://www.cisco.com/ without success. Which two configuration values must be set on the host to allow this access? (Choose two.)
*DNS server
WINS server
HTTP server
*default gateway
Netbios
12. Refer to the exhibit. What two addresses are the broadcast addresses for network A and network B? (Choose two.)
Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.32
*Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.47
Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.15
*Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.207
Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.240
Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.192
13. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting the serial connection between R1 and R2. There is no communication between R1 and R2. Based on the output of the show ip interface brief command, what is the cause of the problem?
*There is a misconfiguration of IP addresses.
There is a mismatch of encapsulation methods.
The no shutdown command should be issued on R2.
The routing protocols are not compatible.
14. Refer to the exhibit. Host H1 is sending a datagram to host H2 across the Internet. NAT will be configured on RTRC. Which address is considered the inside local address?
10.1.1.1
*10.1.1.6
209.165.201.2
209.165.201.17
209.165.200.226
15. Refer to the exhibit. What two facts can be determined from the output of the show ip protocols command? (Choose two.)
*The routing protocol in use on RTA is RIPv1.
RTA is directly connected to four neighbor routers.
*The administrative distance of the routing protocol is 120.
RTA will receive the next update from its neighbor in 30 seconds.
The routing protocol is only sending updates out the serial interface.
16. How does a switch interface that uses sticky port security handle MAC addresses?
The addresses are configured manually and are saved in the running configuration.
They are configured manually and are not saved in the running configuration.
*They are configured dynamically and are saved in the running configuration.
They are configured dynamically and are not saved in the running configuration.
17. Which statement best describes the operation of a Layer 2 switch?
functions at the network layer of the OSI model
forwards traffic from one local IP network to another
*directs traffic from one port to another based on the destination MAC address
dynamically creates a forwarding table that maps IP addresses to MAC addresses
18. To manage a Cisco switch using Telnet, where would the management IP address be configured on the switch?
*VLAN 1 interface
first vty port
first trunk port
console port
FastEthernet 0/1 interface
19. Refer to the exhibit. A ping 192.168.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What two events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)
The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.
Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.
The router will send a TCP acknowledgment message to workstation A.
Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to the router.
*Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
*Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
20. A tracert command is run on a host to determine if another host can be reached across a network. Which two events will occur if connectivity with the other host is unsuccessful? (Choose two.)
*The command will display all the successful hops a packet makes before it is lost.
The command will calculate the time between successful and unsuccessful packets.
The host on which the command is run will send a UDP request message to the other host.
*The command helps to determine where a packet was lost on the path from the source to the destination.
All hops between the two hosts display !!!!! to signify success.
21. Which protocol allows secure in-band management so that a network administrator can monitor and configure network devices without fear of any passwords being compromised?
*SSH
HTTP
SNMP
Telnet
22. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is unable to ping H1 from the router and is checking the cabling along the network. Which segment is incorrectly cabled?
Segment A
Segment B
Segment C
*Segment D
23. When does a router enter the setup mode?
when the Cisco IOS is missing in flash
*when the configuration is missing in NVRAM
when the setup command is run from the user mode
when the boot system command is missing in the configuration
24. Which two commands ensure that any password that permits access to the privileged EXEC mode is not shown in plain text when the configuration files are displayed? (Choose two.)
*Router(config)# enable secret cisco
Router(config)# enable cisco
Router(config)# encryption-password all
Router(config)# enable login encrypted
Router(config)# enable password encryption
*Router(config)# service password-encryption
25. What is the effect of issuing the hostname RouterA command on a router?
A description will be configured on the router interfaces identifying them as belonging to RouterA.
The router will attempt to establish a connection to the host with the name RouterA.
The router will map an IP address to the domain name RouterA.
*The router prompt will change from Router(config)# to RouterA(config)#
26. Refer to the exhibit. What is the possible reason that a technician is unable to telnet into the HQ router and make configuration changes?
*A password is required for vty 0.
A password for line con 0 is required.
All five virtual interfaces must be configured before Telnet is possible.
The service password-encryption command is preventing Telnet access.
27. Refer to the exhibit. Which type of link is supported by this interface module?
LAN
*WAN
WLAN
VLAN
28. Refer to the exhibit. While configuring the serial interface of a router, the network administrator sees the highlighted error message. What is the reason for this?
The serial interface is administratively down.
The serial interface is already configured with an IP address.
*The network administrator has attempted to configure the serial interface with a broadcast address.
The same IP address has been configured on another interface.
29. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator has added a route by using the ip route 10.13.13.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.1 command on R1. Hosts on the 10.12.12.0 network cannot communicate with hosts on the 10.13.13.0 network. What is the reason for this?
The gateway of last resort is not set.
The destination prefix mask is incorrectly configured.
The routing protocol has not been configured on R1.
*The static route has not been configured correctly.
30. A network administrator is planning new cable installations for an automated manufacturing facility. The cabling solution must be scalable and function reliably in an environment subject to electromagnetic interference. Which two cable solutions should the administrator consider? (Choose two.)
*STP
UTP
coaxial
*fiber optic
wireless
31. In a structured cable system, which term describes the cable that connects the wall jack in the user work area to the patch panel in the wiring closet?
patch cable
vertical cable
*horizontal cable
backbone cable
32. What should be the first step in a structured cable project?
Locate all sources of EMI.
*Obtain an accurate floor plan.
Identify the network backbone.
Design efficient cable management systems.
33. What can be gained by using a caching-only DNS server?
The DNS server will use more WAN bandwidth.
The DNS server will only answer recursive queries.
The DNS server will be authoritative for only one zone.
*The DNS server will resolve most queries more quickly.
34. Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe the data conversation shown? (Choose two.)
*The data conversation was started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
The data conversation is identified by TCP port 80 on the client.
The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.
The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43.
*The Internet server will send data to port 8547 on the client.
35. Which statement describes a feature of TCP?
It provides low overhead data delivery.
*It acknowledges the receipt of packets.
It does not provide error checking.
It is a connectionless protocol.
36. Which application can be delivered using UDP?
FTP
*DNS
HTTP
SMTP
37. Which statement is correct about passive data connections in the FTP protocol?
The server initiates the data transfer connection.
*The server forwards its IP address and a random port number to the FTP client through the control stream.
The firewalls do not permit passive data connections to hosts that are located within the network.
The client forwards data to port 21 of the server.
38. A hacker attempts to reach confidential information that is stored on a server inside the corporate network. A network security solution inspects the entire packet, determines that it is a threat, and blocks the packet from entering the inside network. Which security measure protected the network?
an IDS
*an IPS
a host-based firewall
Anti-X software
39. For the assignment of permissions to files and folders, what does the "principle of least privilege" imply?
No user has more privileges than any other user.
Permissions to files are given based on seniority.
*Users only have access to resources that are necessary for their jobs.
Users should be given no access to computer resources until they ask.
40. Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured to connect to the headquarters router?
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.19 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.25 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.33 255.255.255.240
*branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
41. What is the default encapsulation for serial interfaces on Cisco routers?
PPP
SLIP
*HDLC
Frame Relay
42. A large company wants to ensure its connection to a remote branch office. The connection must be able to support equally high upstream and downstream traffic. The service provider must also provide an SLA with a guarantee of specific uptime and security. What type of connection best suits the needs of the company?
DSL connection
cable connection
dialup connection
*point-to-point leased line connection
43. Refer to the exhibit. The Transfer > Capture Text feature available through HyperTerminal has been used to capture the running configuration on a router. The startup-configuration has been erased from the router followed by the issuing of the reload command. The startup-config is restored by using the captured file, but all interfaces on the router are shown as administratively down. What could cause this problem?
The enable password was incorrectly entered.
The configuration register was not set to 0x2142.
The enable secret password was incorrectly entered.
*The no shutdown command must be entered under each interface section in the file being sent.
The captured file should have restored the running configuration not the startup configuration.
44. The IT department of a company implements a backup plan which includes a daily backup on Monday through Saturday. Only files that were modified during each day are backed up. Which backup method is being used?
full backup
normal backup
differential backup
*incremental backup
45. Which statement correctly describes an SLA?
It lists the terms of the agreement between the user and the manufacturer of the system.
*It outlines the management, monitoring, and maintenance of a network.
It specifies the software and hardware configurations of a system.
It describes the operation of a system.
Refer to
the graphic. Which command will configure a static route on Router A to direct
traffic from LAN A that is destined for LAN C?
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.5.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.5.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.1
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.2 255.255.255.0 192.168.4.0
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.5.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.5.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.1
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.2 255.255.255.0 192.168.4.0
> A hacker attempts to reach confidential information that is stored on a server inside the corporate network. A network security solution inspects the entire packet, determines that it is a threat, and blocks the packet from entering the inside network. Which security measure protected the network?
> an IDS
> an IPS
> a host-based firewall
> Anti-X software
> How does TCP ensure the reliable transfer of data?
> If data segments are not received from the source, the destination requests that the segments be resent.
> If an acknowledgment of the transmitted segments is not received from the destination in a predetermined amount of the time, the source resends the data.
> TCP uses the SYN-ACK portion of the three-way handshake to ensure that all data has been received.
> The TCP Protocol Interpreter process verifies the transmitted data at source and destination.
> What are three characteristics of the TCP protocol? (Choose three.)
> exchanges datagrams unreliably
> is used to send IP error messages
> forces the retransmission of unacknowledged packets
> creates a virtual session between end-user applications
> carries the IP address of the destination host in the TCP header
> is responsible for breaking messages into segments and reassembling them at their destination
> A user reports being able to access the Internet but not being able to
download e-mail from the mail server at the ISP. What should the user check on
the user workstation?
> the POP3 and SMTP server settings in the e-mail application
> the patch cable connections at the back of the workstation and at the wall plate
> the DHCP settings in the operating system
> the IP address, mask, and default gateway values
> the NIC drivers
> 6 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/8253.jpg
> the POP3 and SMTP server settings in the e-mail application
> the patch cable connections at the back of the workstation and at the wall plate
> the DHCP settings in the operating system
> the IP address, mask, and default gateway values
> the NIC drivers
> 6 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/8253.jpg
Refer to
the exhibit. Which type of UTP cable should be used to connect Host A to
Switch1?
> rollover
> console
> crossover
> straight-through
> A network technician is using a network management station to gather data about the performance of devices and links within the ISP. Which application layer protocol makes this possible?
> SNMP
> FTP
> DHCP
> SMTP
> After an unsuccessful ping to the local router, the technician decides to investigate the router. The technician observes that the lights and fan on the router are not operational. In which layer of the OSI model is the problem most likely occurring?
> transport
> network
> data link
> physical
> What is used by a routing protocol to determine the best path to include in the routing table?
> Convergence time
> Default distance
> Metric
> Type of router
> How does a switch interface that uses sticky port security handle MAC addresses?
> The addresses are configured manually and are saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured manually and are not saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured dynamically and are saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured dynamically and are not saved in the running configuration.
> http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/15795.jpg
> rollover
> console
> crossover
> straight-through
> A network technician is using a network management station to gather data about the performance of devices and links within the ISP. Which application layer protocol makes this possible?
> SNMP
> FTP
> DHCP
> SMTP
> After an unsuccessful ping to the local router, the technician decides to investigate the router. The technician observes that the lights and fan on the router are not operational. In which layer of the OSI model is the problem most likely occurring?
> transport
> network
> data link
> physical
> What is used by a routing protocol to determine the best path to include in the routing table?
> Convergence time
> Default distance
> Metric
> Type of router
> How does a switch interface that uses sticky port security handle MAC addresses?
> The addresses are configured manually and are saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured manually and are not saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured dynamically and are saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured dynamically and are not saved in the running configuration.
> http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/15795.jpg
Refer to
the exhibit. The network administrator of the building in the graphic needs to
choose the type of cable best suited to add ServerB to the network. Which cable
type is the best choice?
> STP
> UTP
> coaxial
> fiber optic
> The show ip route command was executed on one of the routers shown in the graphic and the following output was displayed:
> C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0
> R 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0
> R 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
> R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
> C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1
> From which router was this command executed?
> A
> B
> C*
> D
> 13 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18303.jpg
> STP
> UTP
> coaxial
> fiber optic
> The show ip route command was executed on one of the routers shown in the graphic and the following output was displayed:
> C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0
> R 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0
> R 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
> R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
> C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1
> From which router was this command executed?
> A
> B
> C*
> D
> 13 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18303.jpg
Refer to
the exhibit. A user who is connected to RTA is trying to telnet to RTB, but the
connection is failing. Based on the output of the show running-config command
on router RTB, why is the Telnet session failing?
> Telnet has not been configured on the console line.
> The login command has not been issued on the console line.
> No password has been configured on the VTY lines.
> A session limit has not been configured for Telnet.
> Telnet has not been configured on the console line.
> The login command has not been issued on the console line.
> No password has been configured on the VTY lines.
> A session limit has not been configured for Telnet.
> Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator uses the command below to
configure a default route on RTB:
> RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 fa0/0
> A ping issued from PC3 is successful to RTB. However, echo request packets arrive at PC1 but the echo replies do not make it back to PC3. What will fix this problem?
> RTA must be configured to forward packets to the 192.168.2.0 network.
> The ip route command needs to be edited so that the next hop address is 10.1.1.5.
> The ip route command needs to be edited so that the 192.168.2.1 address is the next hop address.
> The ip route command should be removed from the RTB router configuration.
> Another default route should be configured on RTA with a next hop address of 10.1.1.6.
> What is the purpose of the routing process?
> to encapsulate data that is used to communicate across a network
> to select the paths that are used to direct traffic to destination networks
> to convert a URL name into an IP address
> to provide secure Internet file transfer
> to forward traffic on the basis of MAC addresses
> RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 fa0/0
> A ping issued from PC3 is successful to RTB. However, echo request packets arrive at PC1 but the echo replies do not make it back to PC3. What will fix this problem?
> RTA must be configured to forward packets to the 192.168.2.0 network.
> The ip route command needs to be edited so that the next hop address is 10.1.1.5.
> The ip route command needs to be edited so that the 192.168.2.1 address is the next hop address.
> The ip route command should be removed from the RTB router configuration.
> Another default route should be configured on RTA with a next hop address of 10.1.1.6.
> What is the purpose of the routing process?
> to encapsulate data that is used to communicate across a network
> to select the paths that are used to direct traffic to destination networks
> to convert a URL name into an IP address
> to provide secure Internet file transfer
> to forward traffic on the basis of MAC addresses
> A small tire retailer requires a low-cost WAN connection to its
headquarters in order to manage its inventory and process customer sales in
real time. Which WAN connection type is best suited to its needs?
> SONET
> T3
>
> DSL
> leased line
> SONET
> T3
>
> DSL
> leased line
> When customers use credit cards to make purchases at a small business, a
modem is heard dialing a telephone number to transfer the transaction data to
the central office. What type of WAN serial connection is in use?
> leased line
> packet switched
> circuit switched
> point-to-point
> In an IPv4 environment, what information is used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to another?
> destination network address
> source network address
> source MAC address
> well known port destination address
> 19 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18932.jpg
> Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting the serial connection between R1 and R2. There is no communication between R1 and R2. Based on the output of the show ip interface brief command, what is the cause of the problem?
> There is a misconfiguration of IP addresses.
> There is a mismatch of encapsulation methods.
> The no shutdown command should be issued on R2.
> The routing protocols are not compatible.
> The command copy tftp running-config has been entered on the router. What will this command do?
> copy the configuration in RAM to a server
> copy the configuration file from a server to RAM
> copy the configuration file in NVRAM to RAM
> copy the configuration file in NVRAM to a server
> copy the configuration file from a server to NVRAM
> A user reports being unable to access the Internet. The help desk technician employs a bottom-up approach to troubleshooting. The technician first has the user check the patch cable connection from the PC to the wall, and then has the user verify that the NIC has a green link light. What will the technician have the user do next?
> Enter an IP address into the WWW browser address bar to see if DNS is at fault.
> Use traceroute to identify the device along the path to the ISP that may be at fault.
> Verify the IP address, subnet, and gateway settings using ipconfig on the PC.
> Connect to the user home router to check firewall settings for blocked TCP ports.
> 22 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18086.jpg
> leased line
> packet switched
> circuit switched
> point-to-point
> In an IPv4 environment, what information is used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to another?
> destination network address
> source network address
> source MAC address
> well known port destination address
> 19 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18932.jpg
> Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting the serial connection between R1 and R2. There is no communication between R1 and R2. Based on the output of the show ip interface brief command, what is the cause of the problem?
> There is a misconfiguration of IP addresses.
> There is a mismatch of encapsulation methods.
> The no shutdown command should be issued on R2.
> The routing protocols are not compatible.
> The command copy tftp running-config has been entered on the router. What will this command do?
> copy the configuration in RAM to a server
> copy the configuration file from a server to RAM
> copy the configuration file in NVRAM to RAM
> copy the configuration file in NVRAM to a server
> copy the configuration file from a server to NVRAM
> A user reports being unable to access the Internet. The help desk technician employs a bottom-up approach to troubleshooting. The technician first has the user check the patch cable connection from the PC to the wall, and then has the user verify that the NIC has a green link light. What will the technician have the user do next?
> Enter an IP address into the WWW browser address bar to see if DNS is at fault.
> Use traceroute to identify the device along the path to the ISP that may be at fault.
> Verify the IP address, subnet, and gateway settings using ipconfig on the PC.
> Connect to the user home router to check firewall settings for blocked TCP ports.
> 22 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18086.jpg
Refer
to the exhibit. Which subnet mask would accommodate the number of hosts
indicated for all subnets if the major network address was 192.168.25.0/24?
> 255.255.0.0
> 255.255.224.0
> 255.255.255.0
> 255.255.255.224
> 255.255.255.240
> 255.255.255.248
> A network administrator is asked to design a system to allow simultaneous access to the Internet for 250 users. The ISP can only supply five public IP addresses for this network. What technology can the administrator use to accomplish this task?
> classful subnetting
> variable length subnet masks
> classless interdomain routing
> port-based Network Address Translation
> What are two purposes of DNS? (Choose two.)
> to dynamically assign IP addressing information to network hosts
> to simplify the administration of host and default gateway addressing on client computers
> to assign TCP port numbers to hosts as part of the data transfer process
> to resolve human-readable domain names to numeric IP addresses
> to replace the static HOSTS file with a more practical dynamic system
> 25 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/i122558n1v1.jpg
> 255.255.0.0
> 255.255.224.0
> 255.255.255.0
> 255.255.255.224
> 255.255.255.240
> 255.255.255.248
> A network administrator is asked to design a system to allow simultaneous access to the Internet for 250 users. The ISP can only supply five public IP addresses for this network. What technology can the administrator use to accomplish this task?
> classful subnetting
> variable length subnet masks
> classless interdomain routing
> port-based Network Address Translation
> What are two purposes of DNS? (Choose two.)
> to dynamically assign IP addressing information to network hosts
> to simplify the administration of host and default gateway addressing on client computers
> to assign TCP port numbers to hosts as part of the data transfer process
> to resolve human-readable domain names to numeric IP addresses
> to replace the static HOSTS file with a more practical dynamic system
> 25 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/i122558n1v1.jpg
> Refer to the exhibit. The diagram that is shown represents the network of
a manufacturing company with its headquarters at one end of a city and its
warehouse at the other end. These two locations are connected via a T1 line.
How will the Fohi router dynamically learn routes to the 192.168.16.16/28,
192.168.16.32/28, and 192.168.16.64/28 subnetworks?
with BGP
> with a static route
> with a directly connected route
> with an interior routing protocol
> with a static route
> with a directly connected route
> with an interior routing protocol
> How do port filtering and access lists help provide network security?
> They prevent specified types of traffic from reaching specified
network destinations.
> They alert network administrators to various type of denial of service attacks as they occur.
> They prevent viruses, worms, and Trojans from infecting host computers and servers.
> They enable encryption and authentication of confidential data communications.
> 27 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18140.jpg
> Refer to the exhibit. Based on the output of the show ip route command, how many hops are between this router and the 192.168.3.0 network?
> 3
> 4
> 5
> 120
> 28 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/15796.jpg
> Refer to the exhibit. Which combination of cables and symbols is correct?
> A – crossover, B – straight-through, C – straight-through
> A – crossover, B – rollover, C – straight-through
> A – straight-through, B -crossover, C – straight-through
> A – straight-through, B -straight-through, C – straight-through
> A – straight-through, B – straight-through, C – crossover
> A – rollover, B – straight-through, C – straight-through
> They alert network administrators to various type of denial of service attacks as they occur.
> They prevent viruses, worms, and Trojans from infecting host computers and servers.
> They enable encryption and authentication of confidential data communications.
> 27 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18140.jpg
> Refer to the exhibit. Based on the output of the show ip route command, how many hops are between this router and the 192.168.3.0 network?
> 3
> 4
> 5
> 120
> 28 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/15796.jpg
> Refer to the exhibit. Which combination of cables and symbols is correct?
> A – crossover, B – straight-through, C – straight-through
> A – crossover, B – rollover, C – straight-through
> A – straight-through, B -crossover, C – straight-through
> A – straight-through, B -straight-through, C – straight-through
> A – straight-through, B – straight-through, C – crossover
> A – rollover, B – straight-through, C – straight-through
> 29 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18072.jpg
Refer to the exhibit. A ping 192.168.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What two events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)
> The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.
> Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.
> The router will send a TCP acknowledgment message to workstation A.
> Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to the router.
> Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
> Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
> Which two protocols allow network devices to report their status and events to a centralized network management device? (Choose two.)
> Syslog
> Telnet
> HTTP
> HTTPS
> SNMP
> Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe the data conversation shown?
Refer to the exhibit. A ping 192.168.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What two events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)
> The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.
> Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.
> The router will send a TCP acknowledgment message to workstation A.
> Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to the router.
> Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
> Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
> Which two protocols allow network devices to report their status and events to a centralized network management device? (Choose two.)
> Syslog
> Telnet
> HTTP
> HTTPS
> SNMP
> Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe the data conversation shown?
(Choose
two.)
> The data conversation was started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
> The data conversation is identified by TCP port 80 on the client.
> The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.
> The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43.
> The Internet server will send data to port 8547 on the client.
> The data conversation was started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
> The data conversation is identified by TCP port 80 on the client.
> The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.
> The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43.
> The Internet server will send data to port 8547 on the client.
Refer
to the exhibit. Both R1 and R2 are performing static NAT translations for their
inside networks. A packet is sent from HostA to the web server. What are the
source and destination addresses as the packet leaves R1 toward R2?
> Source: 10.1.1.2 Destination: 172.30.20.100
> Source: 10.1.1.2 Destination: 192.168.1.2
> Source: 172.30.20.1 Destination: 172.30.20.2
> Source: 172.30.20.10 Destination: 172.30.20.100
> Source: 172.30.20.10 Destination: 192.168.1.2
> Which two processes enable a router to determine paths to destination networks? (Choose two.)
> inspection of the source IP address in data packets
> ARP requests from connected routers
> manual configuration of routes
> updates from other routers
> DHCP information broadcasts
> updates from the SMTP management information base
> Source: 10.1.1.2 Destination: 172.30.20.100
> Source: 10.1.1.2 Destination: 192.168.1.2
> Source: 172.30.20.1 Destination: 172.30.20.2
> Source: 172.30.20.10 Destination: 172.30.20.100
> Source: 172.30.20.10 Destination: 192.168.1.2
> Which two processes enable a router to determine paths to destination networks? (Choose two.)
> inspection of the source IP address in data packets
> ARP requests from connected routers
> manual configuration of routes
> updates from other routers
> DHCP information broadcasts
> updates from the SMTP management information base
What is
the most commonly used exterior routing protocol?
> BGP
> RIP
> OSPF
> EIGRP
> Which two statements are true about the use of the debug ip rip command on a Cisco router? (Choose two.)
> The debug ip rip command displays RIP routing activity in real time.
> The debug ip rip command can be issued at the user EXEC configuration mode.
> The debug ip rip command displays a combination of the information that is displayed by the show ip route and show ip protocols commands.
> Because of router processor usage, the debug ip rip command should be used only when necessary.
> The debug ip rip command should be used instead of the show ip route command whenever possible.
> Which mode does a router enter when no configuration file is located in NVRAM?
> ROMMON
> setup
> global configuration
> privileged exec
> Which two commands ensure that any password that permits access to the privileged EXEC mode is not shown in plain text when the configuration files are displayed? (Choose two.)
> Router(config)# enable secret cisco
> Router(config)# enable cisco
> Router(config)# encryption-password all
> Router(config)# enable login encrypted
> Router(config)# enable password encryption
> Router(config)# service password-encryption
> Which two subnet masks could be used when subnetting a Class B IP address? (Choose two.)
> 255.255.255.240
> 255.255.192.0
> 255.255.0.0
> 255.192.0.0
> 240.0.0.0
> 255.0.0.0
> A Catalyst switch is used as a temporary replacement for another switch that needs to be repaired. About a minute after the switch has started, the SYST LED on the front of the switch transitions from blinking green to amber. What is the meaning of the amber SYST LED?
> The switch has no configuration file in NVRAM.
> The switch has failed POST and must be sent for service.
> The switch is functioning properly.
> The switch is in half-duplex mode.
> BGP
> RIP
> OSPF
> EIGRP
> Which two statements are true about the use of the debug ip rip command on a Cisco router? (Choose two.)
> The debug ip rip command displays RIP routing activity in real time.
> The debug ip rip command can be issued at the user EXEC configuration mode.
> The debug ip rip command displays a combination of the information that is displayed by the show ip route and show ip protocols commands.
> Because of router processor usage, the debug ip rip command should be used only when necessary.
> The debug ip rip command should be used instead of the show ip route command whenever possible.
> Which mode does a router enter when no configuration file is located in NVRAM?
> ROMMON
> setup
> global configuration
> privileged exec
> Which two commands ensure that any password that permits access to the privileged EXEC mode is not shown in plain text when the configuration files are displayed? (Choose two.)
> Router(config)# enable secret cisco
> Router(config)# enable cisco
> Router(config)# encryption-password all
> Router(config)# enable login encrypted
> Router(config)# enable password encryption
> Router(config)# service password-encryption
> Which two subnet masks could be used when subnetting a Class B IP address? (Choose two.)
> 255.255.255.240
> 255.255.192.0
> 255.255.0.0
> 255.192.0.0
> 240.0.0.0
> 255.0.0.0
> A Catalyst switch is used as a temporary replacement for another switch that needs to be repaired. About a minute after the switch has started, the SYST LED on the front of the switch transitions from blinking green to amber. What is the meaning of the amber SYST LED?
> The switch has no configuration file in NVRAM.
> The switch has failed POST and must be sent for service.
> The switch is functioning properly.
> The switch is in half-duplex mode.
> A customer reports connectivity problems to an ISP technician. Upon questioning the customer, the technician discovers that all network applications are functioning except for FTP. What should the technician suspect is the problem?
> misconfigured firewall
> bad port on switch or hub
> misconfigured IP addressing on the customer’s workstation
> wrong DNS server configured on the customer’s workstation
> wrong default gateway configured on the customer’s workstation
> http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18075.jpg
> Refer to the exhibit. A NOC technician at an ISP enters the command c:\ping 209.165.201.7. What are two reasons to use this command? (Choose two.)
> map the path to 209.165.201.7
> test reachability to 209.165.201.7
> locate connectivity problems along the route to 209.165.201.7
> identify ISPs that interconnect the NOC and remote host with IP 209.165.201.7
> measure the time that packets take to reach 209.165.201.7 and return to the technician’s workstation
> A user is attempting to do an http://www.cisco.com/ without success. Which two configuration values must be set on the host to allow this access? (Choose two.)
> DNS server
> WINS server
> HTTP server
> default gateway
> Netbios
> Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator needs to configure the Fa0/0 interface of RTB so that hosts from RTA can connect to the server that is attached to RTB. Which two commands will the administrator use to accomplish this task? (Choose two.)
> RTB# ip address 192.168.102.98 255.255.255.248
> RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.99 255.255.255.252
> RTB(config)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252
> RTB(config)# no shutdown
> RTB(config-if)# no shutdown
> RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252
> A new router is connected to an existing network. Which two tasks must be completed on the new router to include it in the dynamic routing process? (Choose two.)
> Enter the new network IP address on all existing routers.
> Assign an appropriate IP address and subnet mask to the serial interface.
> Update the ip host configuration information with the device name and new interface IP address.
> Configure a routing protocol with the directly connected network IP addresses.
> Configure a routing protocol to include all existing networks.
> A company is developing an Internet store for its website. Which protocol should be used to transfer credit card information from customers to the company web server?
> FTPS
> HTTP
> HTTPS
> WEP2
> TFTP
> Assign an appropriate IP address and subnet mask to the serial interface.
> Update the ip host configuration information with the device name and new interface IP address.
> Configure a routing protocol with the directly connected network IP addresses.
> Configure a routing protocol to include all existing networks.
> A company is developing an Internet store for its website. Which protocol should be used to transfer credit card information from customers to the company web server?
> FTPS
> HTTP
> HTTPS
> WEP2
> TFTP
> Refer to the exhibit. Which command would an administrator use to
configure the router name?
> Router# ip hostname Boise
> Router# hostname Boise
> Router(config-line)# name Boise
> Router(config)# hostname Boise
> Router> ip hostname Boise
> Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator configures a static default route to the Internet on router A, as shown in the exhibit. Why doesn’t the route appear in the routing table?
> The serial interface is not connected.
> The gateway of last resort is not set.
> The destination prefix mask should be 255.255.255.255
> The routing protocol has not been configured.
> The default route must be configured on router B.
> Why are port numbers included in the TCP header of a segment?
> Router# ip hostname Boise
> Router# hostname Boise
> Router(config-line)# name Boise
> Router(config)# hostname Boise
> Router> ip hostname Boise
> Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator configures a static default route to the Internet on router A, as shown in the exhibit. Why doesn’t the route appear in the routing table?
> The serial interface is not connected.
> The gateway of last resort is not set.
> The destination prefix mask should be 255.255.255.255
> The routing protocol has not been configured.
> The default route must be configured on router B.
> Why are port numbers included in the TCP header of a segment?
> to indicate the correct router interface that should be used to forward a
segment
> to identify which switch ports should receive or forward the segment
> to determine which Layer 3 protocol should be used to encapsulate the data
> to enable a receiving host to forward the data to the appropriate application
> to allow the receiving host to assemble the packet in the proper order
> How many host addresses may be assigned on each subnetwork when using the 130.68.0.0 network address with a subnet mask of 255.255.248.0?
> 30
> 256
> 2046
> 2048
> 4094
> 4096
> What is one purpose of the TCP three-way handshake?
> sending echo requests from the source to the destination host to establish the presence of the destination
> determining the IP address of the destination host in preparation for data transfer
> requesting the destination to transfer a binary file to the source
> synchronizing sequence numbers between source and destination in preparation for data transfer
> to identify which switch ports should receive or forward the segment
> to determine which Layer 3 protocol should be used to encapsulate the data
> to enable a receiving host to forward the data to the appropriate application
> to allow the receiving host to assemble the packet in the proper order
> How many host addresses may be assigned on each subnetwork when using the 130.68.0.0 network address with a subnet mask of 255.255.248.0?
> 30
> 256
> 2046
> 2048
> 4094
> 4096
> What is one purpose of the TCP three-way handshake?
> sending echo requests from the source to the destination host to establish the presence of the destination
> determining the IP address of the destination host in preparation for data transfer
> requesting the destination to transfer a binary file to the source
> synchronizing sequence numbers between source and destination in preparation for data transfer
> Which type of address is 192.168.17.111/28?
> host address
> network address
> broadcast address
> multicast address
> Refer to the exhibit. The PC tries to ping router B at 192.168.2.2, but the ping fails. What is the problem?
> The address of the PC is on the wrong subnet.
> The subnet mask of the PC should be 255.255.255.0.
> The default gateway should be 192.168.2.1.
> The DNS server is incorrect.
> Refer to the exhibit. Which two IP addresses could be assigned to the hosts in the diagram? (Choose two.)
> 192.168.65.31
> 192.168.65.32
> 192.168.65.35
> 192.168.65.60
> 192.168.65.63
> 192.168.65.64
> Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured to connect to the headquarters router?
> branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.19 255.255.255.240
> branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
> branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc
> branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.25 255.255.255.240
> branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
> branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
> branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
> branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
> branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.33 255.255.255.240
> branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
> branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240
> branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
> http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/16009.jpg
> host address
> network address
> broadcast address
> multicast address
> Refer to the exhibit. The PC tries to ping router B at 192.168.2.2, but the ping fails. What is the problem?
> The address of the PC is on the wrong subnet.
> The subnet mask of the PC should be 255.255.255.0.
> The default gateway should be 192.168.2.1.
> The DNS server is incorrect.
> Refer to the exhibit. Which two IP addresses could be assigned to the hosts in the diagram? (Choose two.)
> 192.168.65.31
> 192.168.65.32
> 192.168.65.35
> 192.168.65.60
> 192.168.65.63
> 192.168.65.64
> Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured to connect to the headquarters router?
> branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.19 255.255.255.240
> branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
> branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc
> branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.25 255.255.255.240
> branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
> branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
> branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
> branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
> branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.33 255.255.255.240
> branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
> branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240
> branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
> http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/16009.jpg
> Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator has configured the RTA and
RTB interfaces. In order to allow hosts that are attached to RTA to reach the
server that is attached to RTB, a static route from RTA to the server LAN and a
default route from RTB back to RTA need to be configured. Which two commands
will the administrator use to accomplish these tasks on the two routers?
(Choose two.)
> RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.5 255.255.255.252 10.16.10.6
> RTA(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.16.10.6
> RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.96 255.255.255.252 10.16.10.6
> RTB(config)# ip route 10.16.10.6 255.255.255.248 10.16.10.6
> RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 S0/0/1
> RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.16.10.6
> 56 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18089.jpg
> Refer to the exhibit. What two conclusions can be drawn about router RTB? (Choose two.)
> The router is connected to a router named Boise.
> Router RTB is connected to a Cisco 1841 router.
> Router RTB is directly connected to two other routers.
> The IP address of the router interface that is connected to router RTB is 192.168.2.6.
> The RTB router is connected to two Cisco devices by FastEthernet links.
> RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.5 255.255.255.252 10.16.10.6
> RTA(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.16.10.6
> RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.96 255.255.255.252 10.16.10.6
> RTB(config)# ip route 10.16.10.6 255.255.255.248 10.16.10.6
> RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 S0/0/1
> RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.16.10.6
> 56 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18089.jpg
> Refer to the exhibit. What two conclusions can be drawn about router RTB? (Choose two.)
> The router is connected to a router named Boise.
> Router RTB is connected to a Cisco 1841 router.
> Router RTB is directly connected to two other routers.
> The IP address of the router interface that is connected to router RTB is 192.168.2.6.
> The RTB router is connected to two Cisco devices by FastEthernet links.
A building has experienced a power outage. When the
power returns, none of the devices on one floor can access the Internet. The
network administrator checks the switch in the IDF that these devices are
connected to and notes that the SYST LED on the front of the switch is amber.
What is a possible cause of this problem?
The switch is functioning
properly.
The switch has failed
POST.
The switch configuration file
was not saved to NVRAM.
The connection between the switch and the server did
not autonegotiate speed and duplex properly.
2 Refer to the exhibit. Router R1 has been configured
with the commands that are displayed. Which fact can be determined from the
configuration?
All passwords are encrypted.
The privileged EXEC mode
password is “password1.”
The router can support four
Telnet sessions simultaneously.
The router can be accessed
from the console without using any password.
3 Refer to the exhibit. Devices need to connect to the
file server from remote networks. What method should be used to provide the
file server with an IP address to allow these connections?
static NAT
static PAT
dynamic NAT
dynamic PAT
4 A user is able to ping an FTP server across a WAN
but is unable to download files from the server. What should be checked to
resolve this problem?
the NIC drivers
the IP configuration
the LED status of the NIC
firewall settings
While troubleshooting a connectivity issue between two
directly connected routers, the network administrator checks the encapsulation
settings on the serial interfaces of both routers. Which layer of the OSI model
is the administrator troubleshooting?
application layer
network layer
data link layer
physical layer
A customer reports connectivity problems to an ISP
technician. Upon questioning the customer, the technician discovers that all
network applications are functioning except for FTP. What should the technician
suspect is the problem?
misconfigured
firewall
bad port on switch or hub
misconfigured IP addressing
on the customer’s workstation
wrong DNS server configured
on the customer’s workstation
wrong default gateway
configured on the customer’s workstation
7
When does a router enter the setup mode?
when the Cisco IOS is missing
in flash
when the
configuration is missing in NVRAM
when the setup command is run
from the user mode
when the boot system command
is missing in the configuration
8
What is the effect of issuing the hostname RouterA
command on a router?
A description will be
configured on the router interfaces identifying them as belonging to RouterA.
The router will attempt to
establish a connection to the host with the name RouterA.
The router will map an IP
address to the domain name RouterA.
The router prompt
will change from Router(config)# to RouterA(config)#
9
If the start-up configuration is not found in NVRAM,
where will the router look for it next by default?
flash
ROM
RAM
TFTP server
10
Which statement correctly describes an SLA?
It lists the terms of
the agreement between the user and the manufacturer of the system.
It outlines the management,
monitoring, and maintenance of a network.
It specifies the software and
hardware configurations of a system.
It describes the operation of
a system.
Which address does a switch use for implementing port
security?
the source IP address
the source MAC
address
the destination IP address
the destination MAC address
12
Which type of cable may be used for backbone cabling
between data centers that are located on different floors and that are
separated by a distance of 1640 feet (500 meters)?
STP
UTP
coaxial
fiber-optic
13 Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe
the data conversation shown? (Choose two.)
The data conversation was
started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
The data conversation is
identified by TCP port 80 on the client.
The user started the data
conversation by sending an e-mail.
The IP address of the
Internet server is 192.168.17.43.
The Internet server will send
data to port 8547 on the client.
14
Which two services are required to enable a computer
to receive dynamic IP addresses and access the Internet using domain names?
(Choose two.)
DNS
WINS
HTTP
DHCP
SMTP
15
Refer to the exhibit. There is no dynamic routing
protocol that is running on this network. The network administrator adds a
static route via the use of the ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 10.1.1.6
command. On which router should the network administrator issue this command?
R1
R2
R3
R4
What are three features of the TCP protocol? (Choose
three.)
It provides
retransmission of data packets if they are lost during transmission.
It is a connectionless
protocol.
It uses a three-way
handshake between the sending and receiving systems to establish each
conversation.
It specifies how messages are
reassembled at the destination host.
It requires only 8
bytes of overhead.
It breaks the data packet
into datagrams.
17 Refer to the exhibit. The interfaces on R1 and R2 have
been properly configured with the IP addresses as shown. No dynamic routing
protocols have been configured. The network administrator has entered the
commands that are shown in the exhibit.
Which two additional commands need to be entered on
the routers to enable host A to access the Internet? (Choose two.)
R2(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0 S0/0/0
R1(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0 S0/0/0
R1(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0 198.213.219.1
R2(config)# ip route
192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0 10.1.1.1
R1(config)# ip route
198.133.219.1 255.255.255.0 10.1.1.2
18
How many host addresses can be assigned in each
subnetwork when using network address 172.16.0.0 with subnet mask
255.255.252.0?
256
510
512
1022
024
19
Which two subnet masks can be used when subnetting a
Class A IP address? (Choose two.)
255.0.0.0
240.0.0.0
224.0.0.0
255.255.0.0
255.255.255.0
20
Refer to the exhibit. A computer with the displayed IP
settings is unable to access a server on the 192.168.2.0 network using the
server IP address but can access hosts on the 192.168.1.0 network. What should
the network administrator do to troubleshoot this problem?
Issue the ping 192.168.1.1
command on the host to determine if the host can communicate with the default
gateway.
Issue the ipconfig /all command
to determine if a DNS server IP address was configured.
Verify that the host has a
link light.
Check the cabling of the
host.
Refer to the exhibit. The S0/0/0 interface of R2 is
configured correctly with the default encapsulation. Which configuration should
be implemented at the S0/0/0 interface of R1 to complete the connection between
the two routers?
R1(config-if)# ip address
192.168.1.31 255.255.255.252
R1(config-if)# no shutdown
R1(config-if)# ip address
192.168.1.33 255.255.255.252
R1(config-if)# encapsulation PPP
R1(config-if)# no shutdown
R1(config-if)# ip address
192.168.1.28 255.255.255.252
R1(config-if)# encapsulation PPP
R1(config-if)# no shutdown
R1(config-if)# ip address
192.168.1.29 255.255.255.252
R1(config-if)# no shutdown
22
What is an example of a dedicated point-to-point WAN
link?
ISDN
Frame Relay
dialup
T1/E1
23
Refer to the exhibit. What two conclusions can be
drawn about the exhibited command output? (Choose two.)
Router RTB is directly
connected to a router and a switch.
Router RTB is able to ping
its directly connected neighbors.
The network administrator
needs to log in to the neighboring devices to gather this information.
Router RTB has Layer 2
connectivity with two neighboring devices.
Router RTB is connected to
two Cisco devices by FastEthernet links.
24
Which statement correctly describes the difference
between HTTP and HTTPS?
The maximum number of
simultaneous connections that a server can support for HTTPS is more than for
HTTP.
HTTPS and HTTP use different
client request-server response processes.
HTTPS authenticates
and encrypts the data being transferred between the client and the web server.
HTTPS specifies the rules for
passing data between the physical layer and the data link layer.
25
A hacker attempts to reach confidential information
that is stored on a server inside the corporate network. A network security
solution inspects the entire packet, determines that it is a threat, and blocks
the packet from entering the inside network. Which security measure protected
the network?
an IDS
an IPS
a host-based firewall
Anti-X software
How do port filtering and access lists help provide
network security?
They prevent
specified types of traffic from reaching specified network destinations.
They alert network
administrators to various type of denial of service attacks as they occur.
They prevent viruses, worms,
and Trojans from infecting host computers and servers.
They enable encryption and
authentication of confidential data communications.
27
Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is
troubleshooting the serial connection between R1 and R2. There is no
communication between R1 and R2. Based on the output of the show ip interface
brief command, what is the cause of the problem?
There is a misconfiguration
of IP addresses.
There is a mismatch of
encapsulation methods.
The no shutdown command has
not been issued on R2.
The routing protocols are not
compatible.
28
A tracert command is run on a host to determine if
another host can be reached across a network. Which two events will occur if
connectivity with the other host is unsuccessful? (Choose two.)
The command will
display all the successful hops a packet makes before it is lost.
The command will calculate
the time between successful and unsuccessful packets.
The host on which the command
is run will send a UDP request message to the other host.
The command helps to
determine where a packet was lost on the path from the source to the
destination.
All hops between the two
hosts display !!!!! to signify success.
29
Refer to the exhibit. R1 and R2 are configured with
the commands that are displayed. All interfaces are properly configured, but
neither router is receiving routing updates. What two things can be done to
solve the problem? (Choose two.)
Configure the routing
protocol on R1 for network 10.0.0.0.
Configure the routing
protocol on R2 for network 10.0.0.0.
Configure the routing
protocol on R1 for network 192.168.4.0.
Configure the routing
protocol on R1 for network 192.168.2.0.
Configure the routing
protocol on R2 for network 192.168.1.0.
Configure the routing
protocol on R2 for network 192.168.3.0.
30
Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator has
added a route by using the ip route 10.13.13.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.1
command on R1. Hosts on the 10.12.12.0 network cannot communicate with hosts on
the 10.13.13.0 network. What is the reason for this?
The gateway of last resort is
not set.
The destination prefix mask
is incorrectly configured.
The routing protocol has not
been configured on R1.
The static route has not been
configured correctly.
Which routing protocol excludes the subnet information
from routing updates?
EIGRP
OSPF
RIPv1
BGP
32
Refer to the exhibit. What method is most commonly
employed by large ISPs, such as ISP1, ISP2, and ISP3, to exchange and maintain
routing information?
static routes
IGP protocols
EGP protocols
directly connected routes
33
Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator uses
the command below to configure a default route on RTB:
RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 fa0/0
A ping issued from PC3 is successful to RTB. However,
echo request packets arrive at PC1 but the echo replies do not make it back to
PC3. What will fix this problem?
RTA must be configured to
forward packets to the 192.168.2.0 network.
The ip route command needs to
be edited so that the next hop address is 10.1.1.5.
The ip route command needs to
be edited so that the 192.168.2.1 address is the next hop address.
The ip route command should
be removed from the RTB router configuration.
Another default route should
be configured on RTA with a next hop address of 10.1.1.6.
34
What is the function of the forward lookup DNS zone in
the DNS name resolution process?
It resolves fully
qualified domain names into IP addresses.
It stores the information
about the domain namespace structure.
It forwards zone information
updates to the secondary server.
It maintains a database of
ARP entries for all servers.
35
Which WAN connection provides a dedicated circuit with
fixed bandwidth available at all times?
point-to-point
circuit-switched
packet-switched
cable
Refer to the exhibit. A new router has been configured
for the first time with the commands that are displayed. Which two facts can be
determined about the interface of this router? (Choose two.)
It will act as a DCE device.
It is administratively down.
It will operate at a speed of
6.4 Mb/s.
It is the first interface on
slot 0 of controller 1.
Because MOTD is not
configured, the interface will not work.
37
What is the basis for determining the vector component
of a route in the distance vector routing algorithm?
the bandwidth of the route
the reliability of the route
the IP address of the
next hop
the number of hops
38
Which statement is true about FTP implementations?
The protocol
interpreter (PI) function engages once the data transfer process (DTP) function
is complete.
The DTP function is
responsible for the login sequence.
FTP requires two connections,
one for control and one for data.
Both the PI and the DTP close
automatically when the transfer is complete.
39 The show ip route command was executed on one of the
routers shown in the graphic and the following output was displayed:
C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0
R
192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0
R
192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20,
Serial0/1
C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1
From which router was this command executed?
A
B
C
D
40
Which statement correctly describes MIB?
It is software that is
installed on a device which in turn is managed by SNMP.
It is installed on a system
that is used to monitor networking devices.
It is a database that
a device keeps about itself concerning network performance parameters.
It is a communication
protocol that is used between the management station and the management agent.
Which two statements are true about resolvers in the
DNS hierarchy? (Choose two.)
The resolvers attempt to
resolve client queries by using the records that the resolvers maintain in
their zone database files.
The DNS server
queries the resolvers to translate the domain name to an IP address.
There can be only one
resolver in a DNS zone.
Resolvers may be configured
on DNS clients.
The DNS server uses
the resolver to forward the name resolution request to another DNS server.
42
Which routing protocol depends on the DUAL algorithm
to calculate the shortest path to a destination?
OSPF
EIGRP
RIP
BGP
43
Which two parameters are stored in the routing table?
(Choose two.)
the best route to
reach remote networks
the interfaces used to
forward packets
the ARP requests from
connected routers
the number of times a route
has been used by the router
the packets that are placed
in the buffer before being forwarded
44
What will a router do with a packet that is destined
for a host with the IP address 192.168.1.5/24 if no entry for the
192.168.24.0/24 network exists in the routing table?
It will broadcast the packet
out of all of its active interfaces except the interface that received the
packet.
It will send the packet back
to the source address.
It will drop the packet.
It will broadcast the
packet out of all of its active interfaces.
45
Which cable should be used to connect a PC to the
console port of a Cisco router?
serial
crossover
rollover
straight-through
What is a characteristic of Syslog?
It requires users to prove
their identity with the use of a username and password before users can access
network resources.
It listens to network traffic
and sends an alert to a management station to track which applications are used
and the length of time for which they are used.
It enables devices to
send information to a daemon that runs on a management station.
It provides users the rights
to access specific resources and perform specific tasks.
48
The network administrator can ping a remote router but
is unable to telnet to it. At what layer of the OSI model does this error
occur?
physical
network
data link
application
49
Which type of address is 192.168.17.111/28?
host address
network address
broadcast address
multicast address
50
What is a feature of PAT?
It maps IP addresses to URLs.
It displays private IP
addresses to public networks.
It sends acknowledgments of
received packets.
It allows multiple
hosts on a single LAN to share globally unique IP addresses.
Which statement describes a feature of TCP?
It provides low overhead data
delivery.
It acknowledges the
receipt of packets.
It does not provide error
checking.
It is a connectionless
protocol.
Which two statements are true about the c:\> ping
command? (Choose two.)
It tests the
accessibility of an IP address.
It
sends a TCP packet to the destination IP address.
It sends an ICMP echo request
packet to the destination address.
It traces the route of a data
packet from the source to the destination.
It determines where a packet
was lost or delayed during transmission.
54
Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator has
added networks A and B to router R1. Which two subnetwork numbers should be
used to address networks A and B so that these networks use the same subnet
mask as networks C and D? (Choose two.)
192.168.1.32/26
192.168.1.64/26
192.168.1.96/26
192.168.1.160/26
192.168.1.192/26
55
Refer to the exhibit. Which combination of cable types
should be used to complete the connection?
Cable A – straight-through;
Cable B – straight-through; Cable C – serial
Cable A – straight-through;
Cable B – straight-through; Cable C – rollover
Cable A – rollover; Cable B –
straight-through; Cable C – crossover
Cable A – straight-through;
Cable B – crossover; Cable C – serial
What are two reasons for issuing the show ip protocols
command on a router? (Choose two.)
It displays the routing
protocol in use.
It displays the routed
protocol in use.
It displays the routing
activity in real time.
It displays the static routes
that are contained in the routing table.
It displays the networks that
are being advertised by the router.
______________________________________________________________________
Refer to the graphic. Which command will configure a
static route on Router A to direct traffic from LAN A that is destined for LAN
C?
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.5.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.5.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.1
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.2 255.255.255.0 192.168.4.0
>
> 2
> A hacker attempts to reach confidential information that is stored on a server inside the corporate network. A network security solution inspects the entire packet, determines that it is a threat, and blocks the packet from entering the inside network. Which security measure protected the network?
> an IDS
> an IPS
> a host-based firewall
> Anti-X software
>
> 3
> How does TCP ensure the reliable transfer of data?
> If data segments are not received from the source, the destination requests that the segments be resent.
> If an acknowledgment of the transmitted segments is not received from the destination in a predetermined amount of the time, the source resends the data.
> TCP uses the SYN-ACK portion of the three-way handshake to ensure that all data has been received.
> The TCP Protocol Interpreter process verifies the transmitted data at source and destination.
>
> 4
> What are three characteristics of the TCP protocol? (Choose three.)
> exchanges datagrams unreliably
> is used to send IP error messages
> forces the retransmission of unacknowledged packets
> creates a virtual session between end-user applications
> carries the IP address of the destination host in the TCP header
> is responsible for breaking messages into segments and reassembling them at their destination
>
> 5
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.5.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.5.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.1
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.2 255.255.255.0 192.168.4.0
>
> 2
> A hacker attempts to reach confidential information that is stored on a server inside the corporate network. A network security solution inspects the entire packet, determines that it is a threat, and blocks the packet from entering the inside network. Which security measure protected the network?
> an IDS
> an IPS
> a host-based firewall
> Anti-X software
>
> 3
> How does TCP ensure the reliable transfer of data?
> If data segments are not received from the source, the destination requests that the segments be resent.
> If an acknowledgment of the transmitted segments is not received from the destination in a predetermined amount of the time, the source resends the data.
> TCP uses the SYN-ACK portion of the three-way handshake to ensure that all data has been received.
> The TCP Protocol Interpreter process verifies the transmitted data at source and destination.
>
> 4
> What are three characteristics of the TCP protocol? (Choose three.)
> exchanges datagrams unreliably
> is used to send IP error messages
> forces the retransmission of unacknowledged packets
> creates a virtual session between end-user applications
> carries the IP address of the destination host in the TCP header
> is responsible for breaking messages into segments and reassembling them at their destination
>
> 5
> A user reports being able to access the Internet but not being able to download e-mail from the mail server at the ISP. What should the user check on the user workstation?
> the POP3 and SMTP server settings in the e-mail application
> the patch cable connections at the back of the workstation and at the wall plate
> the DHCP settings in the operating system
> the IP address, mask, and default gateway values
> the NIC drivers
>
> 6 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/8253.jpg
>
>
>
Refer to the exhibit. Which type of UTP cable should
be used to connect Host A to Switch1?
> rollover
> console
> crossover
> straight-through
>
> 7
> A network technician is using a network management station to gather data about the performance of devices and links within the ISP. Which application layer protocol makes this possible?
> SNMP
> FTP
> DHCP
> SMTP
>
> 8
> After an unsuccessful ping to the local router, the technician decides to investigate the router. The technician observes that the lights and fan on the router are not operational. In which layer of the OSI model is the problem most likely occurring?
> transport
> network
> data link
> physical
>
> 9
> What is used by a routing protocol to determine the best path to include in the routing table?
> Convergence time
> Default distance
> Metric
> Type of router
>
> 10
> How does a switch interface that uses sticky port security handle MAC addresses?
> The addresses are configured manually and are saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured manually and are not saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured dynamically and are saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured dynamically and are not saved in the running configuration.
>
> 11
> http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/15795.jpg
>
>
> rollover
> console
> crossover
> straight-through
>
> 7
> A network technician is using a network management station to gather data about the performance of devices and links within the ISP. Which application layer protocol makes this possible?
> SNMP
> FTP
> DHCP
> SMTP
>
> 8
> After an unsuccessful ping to the local router, the technician decides to investigate the router. The technician observes that the lights and fan on the router are not operational. In which layer of the OSI model is the problem most likely occurring?
> transport
> network
> data link
> physical
>
> 9
> What is used by a routing protocol to determine the best path to include in the routing table?
> Convergence time
> Default distance
> Metric
> Type of router
>
> 10
> How does a switch interface that uses sticky port security handle MAC addresses?
> The addresses are configured manually and are saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured manually and are not saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured dynamically and are saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured dynamically and are not saved in the running configuration.
>
> 11
> http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/15795.jpg
>
>
Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator of the
building in the graphic needs to choose the type of cable best suited to add
ServerB to the network. Which cable type is the best choice?
> STP
> UTP
> coaxial
> fiber optic
>
>
>
>
> The show ip route command was executed on one of the routers shown in the graphic and the following output was displayed:
>
> C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0
> R 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0
> R 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
> R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
> C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1
>
> From which router was this command executed?
> A
> B
> C
> D
>
> 13 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18303.jpg
>
>
>
> STP
> UTP
> coaxial
> fiber optic
>
>
>
>
> The show ip route command was executed on one of the routers shown in the graphic and the following output was displayed:
>
> C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0
> R 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0
> R 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
> R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
> C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1
>
> From which router was this command executed?
> A
> B
> C
> D
>
> 13 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18303.jpg
>
>
>
Refer to the exhibit. A user who is connected to RTA
is trying to telnet to RTB, but the connection is failing. Based on the output
of the show running-config command on router RTB, why is the Telnet session
failing?
> Telnet has not been configured on the console line.
> The login command has not been issued on the console line.
> No password has been configured on the VTY lines.
> A session limit has not been configured for Telnet.
>
> 14
>
> Telnet has not been configured on the console line.
> The login command has not been issued on the console line.
> No password has been configured on the VTY lines.
> A session limit has not been configured for Telnet.
>
> 14
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator uses the command below to configure a default route on RTB:
>
> RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 fa0/0
>
> A ping issued from PC3 is successful to RTB. However, echo request packets arrive at PC1 but the echo replies do not make it back to PC3. What will fix this problem?
> RTA must be configured to forward packets to the 192.168.2.0 network.
> The ip route command needs to be edited so that the next hop address is 10.1.1.5.
> The ip route command needs to be edited so that the 192.168.2.1 address is the next hop address.
> The ip route command should be removed from the RTB router configuration.
> Another default route should be configured on RTA with a next hop address of 10.1.1.6.
>
> 15
> What is the purpose of the routing process?
> to encapsulate data that is used to communicate across a network
> to select the paths that are used to direct traffic to destination networks
> to convert a URL name into an IP address
> to provide secure Internet file transfer
> to forward traffic on the basis of MAC addresses
>
> Show
>
> A small tire retailer requires a low-cost WAN connection to its headquarters in order to manage its inventory and process customer sales in real time. Which WAN connection type is best suited to its needs?
> SONET
> T3
> T1
> DSL
> leased line
>
> 17
> When customers use credit cards to make purchases at a small business, a modem is heard dialing a telephone number to transfer the transaction data to the central office. What type of WAN serial connection is in use?
> leased line
> packet switched
> circuit switched
> point-to-point
>
> 18
> In an IPv4 environment, what information is used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to another?
> destination network address
> source network address
> source MAC address
> well known port destination address
>
> 19 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18932.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting the serial connection between R1 and R2. There is no communication between R1 and R2. Based on the output of the show ip interface brief command, what is the cause of the problem?
> There is a misconfiguration of IP addresses.
> There is a mismatch of encapsulation methods.
> The no shutdown command should be issued on R2.
> The routing protocols are not compatible.
>
> 20
> The command copy tftp running-config has been entered on the router. What will this command do?
> copy the configuration in RAM to a server
> copy the configuration file from a server to RAM
> copy the configuration file in NVRAM to RAM
> copy the configuration file in NVRAM to a server
> copy the configuration file from a server to NVRAM
>
> 21
> A user reports being unable to access the Internet. The help desk technician employs a bottom-up approach to troubleshooting. The technician first has the user check the patch cable connection from the PC to the wall, and then has the user verify that the NIC has a green link light. What will the technician have the user do next?
> Enter an IP address into the WWW browser address bar to see if DNS is at fault.
> Use traceroute to identify the device along the path to the ISP that may be at fault.
> Verify the IP address, subnet, and gateway settings using ipconfig on the PC.
> Connect to the user home router to check firewall settings for blocked TCP ports.
>
> 22 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18086.jpg
>
>
>
Refer to the exhibit. Which subnet mask would
accommodate the number of hosts indicated for all subnets if the major network
address was 192.168.25.0/24?
> 255.255.0.0
> 255.255.224.0
> 255.255.255.0
> 255.255.255.224
> 255.255.255.240
> 255.255.255.248
>
> 23
> A network administrator is asked to design a system to allow simultaneous access to the Internet for 250 users. The ISP can only supply five public IP addresses for this network. What technology can the administrator use to accomplish this task?
> classful subnetting
> variable length subnet masks
> classless interdomain routing
> port-based Network Address Translation
>
> 24
> What are two purposes of DNS? (Choose two.)
> to dynamically assign IP addressing information to network hosts
> to simplify the administration of host and default gateway addressing on client computers
> to assign TCP port numbers to hosts as part of the data transfer process
> to resolve human-readable domain names to numeric IP addresses
> to replace the static HOSTS file with a more practical dynamic system
>
> 25 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/i122558n1v1.jpg
>
>
> 255.255.0.0
> 255.255.224.0
> 255.255.255.0
> 255.255.255.224
> 255.255.255.240
> 255.255.255.248
>
> 23
> A network administrator is asked to design a system to allow simultaneous access to the Internet for 250 users. The ISP can only supply five public IP addresses for this network. What technology can the administrator use to accomplish this task?
> classful subnetting
> variable length subnet masks
> classless interdomain routing
> port-based Network Address Translation
>
> 24
> What are two purposes of DNS? (Choose two.)
> to dynamically assign IP addressing information to network hosts
> to simplify the administration of host and default gateway addressing on client computers
> to assign TCP port numbers to hosts as part of the data transfer process
> to resolve human-readable domain names to numeric IP addresses
> to replace the static HOSTS file with a more practical dynamic system
>
> 25 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/i122558n1v1.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. The diagram that is shown represents the network of a manufacturing company with its headquarters at one end of a city and its warehouse at the other end. These two locations are connected via a T1 line. How will the Fohi router dynamically learn routes to the 192.168.16.16/28, 192.168.16.32/28, and 192.168.16.64/28 subnetworks?
with BGP
> with a static route
> with a directly connected route
> with an interior routing protocol
>
>
> with a static route
> with a directly connected route
> with an interior routing protocol
>
>
26
> How do port filtering and access lists help provide network security?
> How do port filtering and access lists help provide network security?
> They prevent specified types of traffic from reaching specified network destinations.
> They alert network administrators to various type of denial of service attacks as they occur.
> They prevent viruses, worms, and Trojans from infecting host computers and servers.
> They enable encryption and authentication of confidential data communications.
>
> 27 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18140.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. Based on the output of the show ip route command, how many hops are between this router and the 192.168.3.0 network?
> 3
> 4
> 5
> 120
>
> 28 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/15796.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. Which combination of cables and symbols is correct?
> A – crossover, B – straight-through, C – straight-through
> A – crossover, B – rollover, C – straight-through
> A – straight-through, B -crossover, C – straight-through
> A – straight-through, B -straight-through, C – straight-through
> A – straight-through, B – straight-through, C – crossover
> A – rollover, B – straight-through, C – straight-through
>
> 29 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18072.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. A ping 192.168.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What two events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)
> The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.
> Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.
> The router will send a TCP acknowledgment message to workstation A.
> Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to the router.
> Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
> Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
>
> 30
> Which two protocols allow network devices to report their status and events to a centralized network management device? (Choose two.)
> Syslog
> Telnet
> HTTP
> HTTPS
> SNMP
> 31
> http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/15679.jpg
>
> Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe the data conversation shown?
(Choose two.)
> The data conversation was started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
> The data conversation is identified by TCP port 80 on the client.
> The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.
> The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43.
> The Internet server will send data to port 8547 on the client.
>
> The data conversation was started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
> The data conversation is identified by TCP port 80 on the client.
> The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.
> The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43.
> The Internet server will send data to port 8547 on the client.
>
Refer to the exhibit. Both R1 and R2 are
performing static NAT translations for their inside networks. A packet is sent
from HostA to the web server. What are the source and destination addresses as
the packet leaves R1 toward R2?
> Source: 10.1.1.2 Destination: 172.30.20.100
> Source: 10.1.1.2 Destination: 192.168.1.2
> Source: 172.30.20.1 Destination: 172.30.20.2
> Source: 172.30.20.10 Destination: 172.30.20.100
> Source: 172.30.20.10 Destination: 192.168.1.2
>
> 33
> Which two processes enable a router to determine paths to destination networks? (Choose two.)
> inspection of the source IP address in data packets
> ARP requests from connected routers
> manual configuration of routes
> updates from other routers
> DHCP information broadcasts
> updates from the SMTP management information base
>
> 34
>
> Source: 10.1.1.2 Destination: 172.30.20.100
> Source: 10.1.1.2 Destination: 192.168.1.2
> Source: 172.30.20.1 Destination: 172.30.20.2
> Source: 172.30.20.10 Destination: 172.30.20.100
> Source: 172.30.20.10 Destination: 192.168.1.2
>
> 33
> Which two processes enable a router to determine paths to destination networks? (Choose two.)
> inspection of the source IP address in data packets
> ARP requests from connected routers
> manual configuration of routes
> updates from other routers
> DHCP information broadcasts
> updates from the SMTP management information base
>
> 34
>
What is the most commonly used exterior routing
protocol?
> BGP
> RIP
> OSPF
> EIGRP
>
> 35
> Which two statements are true about the use of the debug ip rip command on a Cisco router? (Choose two.)
> The debug ip rip command displays RIP routing activity in real time.
> The debug ip rip command can be issued at the user EXEC configuration mode.
> The debug ip rip command displays a combination of the information that is displayed by the show ip route and show ip protocols commands.
> Because of router processor usage, the debug ip rip command should be used only when necessary.
> The debug ip rip command should be used instead of the show ip route command whenever possible.
>
> 36
> Which mode does a router enter when no configuration file is located in NVRAM?
> ROMMON
> setup
> global configuration
> privileged exec
>
> 37
> Which two commands ensure that any password that permits access to the privileged EXEC mode is not shown in plain text when the configuration files are displayed? (Choose two.)
> Router(config)# enable secret cisco
> Router(config)# enable cisco
> Router(config)# encryption-password all
> Router(config)# enable login encrypted
> Router(config)# enable password encryption
> Router(config)# service password-encryption
>
> 38
> Which two subnet masks could be used when subnetting a Class B IP address? (Choose two.)
> 255.255.255.240
> 255.255.192.0
> 255.255.0.0
> 255.192.0.0
> 240.0.0.0
> 255.0.0.0
>
> 39
> A Catalyst switch is used as a temporary replacement for another switch that needs to be repaired. About a minute after the switch has started, the SYST LED on the front of the switch transitions from blinking green to amber. What is the meaning of the amber SYST LED?
> The switch has no configuration file in NVRAM.
> The switch has failed POST and must be sent for service.
> The switch is functioning properly.
> The switch is in half-duplex mode.
>
> 40
> A customer reports connectivity problems to an ISP technician. Upon questioning the customer, the technician discovers that all network applications are functioning except for FTP. What should the technician suspect is the problem?
> misconfigured firewall
> bad port on switch or hub
> misconfigured IP addressing on the customer’s workstation
> wrong DNS server configured on the customer’s workstation
> wrong default gateway configured on the customer’s workstation
>
> 41
>
> BGP
> RIP
> OSPF
> EIGRP
>
> 35
> Which two statements are true about the use of the debug ip rip command on a Cisco router? (Choose two.)
> The debug ip rip command displays RIP routing activity in real time.
> The debug ip rip command can be issued at the user EXEC configuration mode.
> The debug ip rip command displays a combination of the information that is displayed by the show ip route and show ip protocols commands.
> Because of router processor usage, the debug ip rip command should be used only when necessary.
> The debug ip rip command should be used instead of the show ip route command whenever possible.
>
> 36
> Which mode does a router enter when no configuration file is located in NVRAM?
> ROMMON
> setup
> global configuration
> privileged exec
>
> 37
> Which two commands ensure that any password that permits access to the privileged EXEC mode is not shown in plain text when the configuration files are displayed? (Choose two.)
> Router(config)# enable secret cisco
> Router(config)# enable cisco
> Router(config)# encryption-password all
> Router(config)# enable login encrypted
> Router(config)# enable password encryption
> Router(config)# service password-encryption
>
> 38
> Which two subnet masks could be used when subnetting a Class B IP address? (Choose two.)
> 255.255.255.240
> 255.255.192.0
> 255.255.0.0
> 255.192.0.0
> 240.0.0.0
> 255.0.0.0
>
> 39
> A Catalyst switch is used as a temporary replacement for another switch that needs to be repaired. About a minute after the switch has started, the SYST LED on the front of the switch transitions from blinking green to amber. What is the meaning of the amber SYST LED?
> The switch has no configuration file in NVRAM.
> The switch has failed POST and must be sent for service.
> The switch is functioning properly.
> The switch is in half-duplex mode.
>
> 40
> A customer reports connectivity problems to an ISP technician. Upon questioning the customer, the technician discovers that all network applications are functioning except for FTP. What should the technician suspect is the problem?
> misconfigured firewall
> bad port on switch or hub
> misconfigured IP addressing on the customer’s workstation
> wrong DNS server configured on the customer’s workstation
> wrong default gateway configured on the customer’s workstation
>
> 41
>
> http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18075.jpg
> Refer to the exhibit. A NOC technician at an ISP enters the command c:\ping 209.165.201.7. What are two reasons to use this command? (Choose two.)
> map the path to 209.165.201.7
> test reachability to 209.165.201.7
> locate connectivity problems along the route to 209.165.201.7
> identify ISPs that interconnect the NOC and remote host with IP 209.165.201.7
> measure the time that packets take to reach 209.165.201.7 and return to the technician’s workstation
>
> 42
> A user is attempting to do an http://www.cisco.com/ without success. Which two configuration values must be set on the host to allow this access? (Choose two.)
> DNS server
> WINS server
> HTTP server
> default gateway
> Netbios
>
> 43 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/16008.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator needs to configure the Fa0/0 interface of RTB so that hosts from RTA can connect to the server that is attached to RTB. Which two commands will the administrator use to accomplish this task? (Choose two.)
> RTB# ip address 192.168.102.98 255.255.255.248
> RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.99 255.255.255.252
> RTB(config)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252
> RTB(config)# no shutdown
> RTB(config-if)# no shutdown
> RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252
>
> 44
> A new router is connected to an existing network. Which two tasks must be completed on the new router to include it in the dynamic routing process? (Choose two.)
> Enter the new network IP address on all existing routers.
> Assign an appropriate IP address and subnet mask to the serial interface.
> Update the ip host configuration information with the device name and new interface IP address.
> Configure a routing protocol with the directly connected network IP addresses.
> Configure a routing protocol to include all existing networks.
>
> 45
> A company is developing an Internet store for its website. Which protocol should be used to transfer credit card information from customers to the company web server?
> FTPS
> HTTP
> HTTPS
> WEP2
> TFTP
> 46 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18073.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. Which command would an administrator use to configure the router name?
> Router# ip hostname Boise
> Router# hostname Boise
> Router(config-line)# name Boise
> Router(config)# hostname Boise
> Router> ip hostname Boise
>
> 47 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/19488.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator configures a static default route to the Internet on router A, as shown in the exhibit. Why doesn’t the route appear in the routing table?
> The serial interface is not connected.
> The gateway of last resort is not set.
> The destination prefix mask should be 255.255.255.255
> The routing protocol has not been configured.
> The default route must be configured on router B.
>
> 48
> Why are port numbers included in the TCP header of a segment?
> to indicate the correct router interface that should be used to forward a segment
> to identify which switch ports should receive or forward the segment
> to determine which Layer 3 protocol should be used to encapsulate the data
> to enable a receiving host to forward the data to the appropriate application
> to allow the receiving host to assemble the packet in the proper order
>
> 49
> How many host addresses may be assigned on each subnetwork when using the 130.68.0.0 network address with a subnet mask of 255.255.248.0?
> 30
> 256
> 2046
> 2048
> 4094
> 4096
>
> 50
> What is one purpose of the TCP three-way handshake?
> sending echo requests from the source to the destination host to establish the presence of the destination
> determining the IP address of the destination host in preparation for data transfer
> requesting the destination to transfer a binary file to the source
> synchronizing sequence numbers between source and destination in preparation for data transfer
>
> 51
> Which type of address is 192.168.17.111/28?
> host address
> network address
> broadcast address
> multicast address
>
> 52 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/19486.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. The PC tries to ping router B at 192.168.2.2, but the ping fails. What is the problem?
> The address of the PC is on the wrong subnet.
> The subnet mask of the PC should be 255.255.255.0.
> The default gateway should be 192.168.2.1.
> The DNS server is incorrect.
>
> 53 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18070.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. Which two IP addresses could be assigned to the hosts in the diagram? (Choose two.)
> 192.168.65.31
> 192.168.65.32
> 192.168.65.35
> 192.168.65.60
> 192.168.65.63
> 192.168.65.64
>
> 54 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/15785.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured to connect to the headquarters router?
> branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.19 255.255.255.240
> branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
> branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc
> branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.25 255.255.255.240
> branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
> branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
> branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
> branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
> branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.33 255.255.255.240
> branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
> branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240
> branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
> http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/16009.jpg
> 55
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator has configured the RTA and RTB interfaces. In order to allow hosts that are attached to RTA to reach the server that is attached to RTB, a static route from RTA to the server LAN and a default route from RTB back to RTA need to be configured. Which two commands will the administrator use to accomplish these tasks on the two routers? (Choose two.)
> RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.5 255.255.255.252 10.16.10.6
> RTA(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.16.10.6
> RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.96 255.255.255.252 10.16.10.6
> RTB(config)# ip route 10.16.10.6 255.255.255.248 10.16.10.6
> RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 S0/0/1
> RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.16.10.6
>
> 56 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18089.jpg
> Refer to the exhibit. What two conclusions can be drawn about router RTB? (Choose two.)
> The router is connected to a router named Boise.
> Router RTB is connected to a Cisco 1841 router.
> Router RTB is directly connected to two other routers.
> The IP address of the router interface that is connected to router RTB is 192.168.2.6.
> The RTB router is connected to two Cisco devices by FastEthernet links.
>
1 A company is developing an Internet store for its
website. Which protocol should be used to transfer credit card information from
customers to the company web server?
HTTPS
2 Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has
been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to
allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How
should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured
to connect to the headquarters router?
branch_23(config-if)#
encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip
address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no
shutdown
3Which two commands ensure that any password that
permits access to the privileged EXEC mode is not shown in plain text when the
configuration files are displayed? (Choose two.)
Router(config)# enable secret
cisco
Router(config)# enable cisco Router(config)#
encryption-password all Router(config)# enable login encrypted Router(config)#
enable password encryption
Router(config)# service
password-encryption
4A new network is to be configured on a router.
Which of the following tasks must be completed to configure this interface and
implement dynamic IP routing for the new network? (Choose three.)
Select the routing protocol to
be configured.
Assign an IP address and
subnet mask to the interface
Update the ip host configuration information
with the device name and new interface IP address.
Configure the routing protocol
with the new network IP address.
Configure the routing protocol with the new
interface IP address and subnet mask. Configure the routing protocol in
use on all other enterprise routers with the new network information.
5 How does TCP ensure the reliable transfer of
data?
if data segments are not received from the source, the
destination requests that the segments be resent. If an acknowledgment of
the transmitted segments is not received from the destination in a
predetermined amount of the time, the source resends the
data.
TCP uses the SYN-ACK portion
of the three-way handshake to ensure that all data has been received
. The TCP Protocol Interpreter process verifies
the transmitted data at source and destination.
6 A network administrator is asked to design a system
to allow simultaneous access to the Internet for 250 users. The ISP for this
network can only supply five public IPs. What can be used to accomplish this
task? routable translation dynamic translation static translation
port address translation
7What is the most commonly used exterior routing
protocol?
BGP
RIP OSPF EIGRP
8 Refer to the exhibit. The network
administrator needs to configure the router with a name. Which command will the
administrator use to configure the router name? Router# ip hostname
Boise
Router# enable hostname Boise
Router(config-line)# name Boise
Router(config)# hostname Boise
Router(config)# ip hostname Boise
9Why are port numbers included in the TCP header of a
segment?
to indicate the correct router interface that should
be used
to forward a segment to identify which switch ports
should receive or forward the segment
to determine which Layer 3
protocol should be used to encapsulate the data
to enable a receiving host to forward the data
to the appropriate application to allow the receiving host to assemble the
packet in the proper order
10What is the purpose of the routing process? to
encapsulate data that is used to communicate across a network
to select the paths that are
used to direct traffic to destination networks
to convert a URL name into an IP address to
provide secure Internet file transfer to forward traffic on the basis of MAC
address.
11Which two statements are true about the use of the
debug ip rip command on a Cisco router? (Choose two.)
The debug ip rip command
displays RIP routing activity in real time.
The debug ip rip command can
be issued at the user EXEC configuration mode.
The debug ip rip command displays a combination
of the information that is displayed by the show ip route and show ip protocols
commands. Because of router processor usage, the debug ip rip command
should be used only when necessary. The debug ip rip command should be
used instead of the show ip route command whenever possible.
12What minimum configurations must be set on a host to
allow a request to be sent to http://www.cisco.com/? (Choose four.)
DNS server
WINS server
IP address
NetBIOS
subnet mask
default gateway
13A Catalyst 2960 switch has been taken out of storage
to be used as a temporary replacement for another switch that needs to be
repaired. About a minute after the switch has started, the SYST LED on the
front of the switch transitions from blinking green to amber. What is the
meaning of the amber SYST LED?
The switch has no configuration file in NVRAM.
The switch has failed POST and
must be sent for service.
The switch is functioning properly. The switch
is in half-duplex mode.
14Refer to the exhibit. Which combination of cables
and symbols is correct?
A – crossover, B – straight-through, C –
straight-through
A – crossover, B – rollover, C –
straight-through
A – straight-through, B
-crossover, C – straight-through
A – straight-through, B -straight-through, C –
straight-through
A – straight-through, B – straight-through, C –
crossover
A – rollover, B – straight-through, C –
straight-through
15After an unsuccessful ping to the local router, the
technician decides to investigate the router. The technician observes that the
lights and fan on the router are not operational. In which layer of the OSI
model is the problem most likely occurring?
Transport
Network
data link
physical
16What are three characteristics of the TCP
protocol? (Choose three.)
exchanges datagrams unreliably is used to send IP
error messages forces the retransmission of unacknowledged packets
creates a virtual session
between end-user applications
carries the IP address of the
destination host in the TCP header
is responsible for breaking messages into
segments and reassembling them at their destination
17Refer to the exhibit. The network shown is connected
using services from the same ISP. How will the Fohi router dynamically learn
routes to the 192.168.16.16/28, 192.168.16.32/28, and 192.168.16.64/28
subnetworks?
with BGP
with a static route
with a directly connected route with an interior
routing protocol
18Refer to the exhibit. Which type of UTP cable should
be used to connect Host A to Switch1?
rollover
console
crossover
straight-through
19When customers use credit cards to make
purchases at a small business, a modem is heard dialing a telephone number to
transfer the transaction data to the central office. What type of WAN serial
connection is in use?
leased line packet
switched
circuit switched
point-to-point
20 A user reports being unable to access the Internet.
The help desk technician employs a bottom-up approach to troubleshooting. The
technician first has the user check the patch cable connection from the PC to
the wall, and then has the user verify that the NIC has a green link light.
What will the technician have the user do next?
Enter an IP address into the WWW browser
address bar to see if DNS is at fault. Use traceroute to identify the device
along the path to the ISP that may be at fault.
Verify the IP address, subnet,
and gateway settings using ipconfig on the PC
. Connect to the user home router to check firewall
settings for blocked TCP ports.
21 A ping 192.1.1.20 command is issued on workstation
A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What events will occur if this
command is successful? (Choose two.) The router will block
the ping request message.
The router will reply to the echo request with a
proxy ping response.
Workstation A will send a UDP ping request
message to workstation B.
Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to
workstation A.
Workstation A will send an
ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
Workstation B will send
an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
22How does a router know of paths to destination
networks? (Choose two.)
inspection of the destination IP address in
data packets
ARP requests from connected routers manual
configuration of routes
updates from other routers
DHCP information broadcasts updates from the
SMTP management information base
23Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe
the data conversation shown? (Choose two.)
The data conversation was
started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
The data conversation is identified by TCP port
80 on the client. The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.
The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43 .
The Internet server will send
data to port 8547 on the client.
24What is one purpose of the TCP three-way
handshake?
sending echo requests from the source to the
destination host to establish the presence of the destination determining
the IP address of the destination host in preparation for data transfer
requesting the destination to transfer a binary file to the source
synchronizing sequence numbers
between source and destination in preparation for data transfer
25Which type of address is 192.168.17.111/28?
host address
network address
broadcast address
multicast address
26A customer reports connectivity problems to an ISP
technician. Upon questioning the customer, the technician discovers that all
network applications are functioning except for FTP. What should the technician
suspect is the problem?
misconfigured firewall
bad port on switch or hub misconfigured IP
addressing on the customer’s workstation wrong DNS server configured on the
customer’s workstation wrong default gateway configured on the customer’s
workstation
27The show ip route command was executed on one of the
routers shown in the graphic and the following output was displayed:
C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0
R
192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0
R
192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20,
Serial0/1
C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1
From which router was this command executed?
A
B
C
D
28Refer to the exhibit. Which two sets of commands are
required to configure passwords for all management ports on a Catalyst 2960
switch? (Choose two.) ALSwitch(config)# interface vlan 1
ALSwitch(config-if)# password cisco
ALSwitch(config-if)# login
ALSwitch(config)# line vty 0 4
ALSwitch(config-line)#
password cisco
ALSwitch(config-line)# login
ALSwitch(config)# line vty 0 15
ALSwitch(config-line)# password cisco
ALSwitch(config-line)# login
ALSwitch(config)# enable secret class
ALSwitch(config)# enable password cisco
ALSwitch(config)# interface fa0/1ALSwitch(config-if)#
password cisco
ALSwitch(config-if)# no shutdown
ALSwitch(config)# line cons 0
ALSwitch(config-line)#
password cisco
ALSwitch(config-line)# login
29A user reports being able to access the Internet but
not being able to download e-mail from the mail server at the ISP. What should
the user check on the user workstation?
the POP3 and SMTP server
settings in the e-mail application
the patch cable connections at the back of the
workstation and at the wall plate the DHCP settings in the operating system the
IP address, mask, and default gateway values the NIC drivers
30Refer to the graphic. Which command will configure a
static route on Router A to direct traffic from LAN A that is destined for LAN
C?
RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0
192.168.5.2
RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0
192.168.3.2
RouterA(config)# ip route
192.168.5.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2
RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.0
255.255.255.0 192.168.3.1
RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.2 255.255.255.0
192.168.4.0
31Which subnet masks could be used when subnetting a
Class B IP address? (Choose two.)
255.255.255.240
255.255.192.0
255.255.0.0
255.192.0.0
240.0.0.0
255.0.0.0
32 Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator has
configured the RTA and RTB interfaces. In order to allow hosts that are attached
to RTA to reach the server that is attached to RTB, a static route from RTA to
the server LAN and a default route from RTB back to RTA need to be configured.
Which two commands will the administrator use to accomplish these tasks on the
two routers? (Choose two.)
RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.5
255.255.255.252 10.16.10.6
RTA(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.16.10.6
RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.96 255.255.255.252
10.16.10.6
RTB(config)# ip route 10.16.10.6 255.255.255.248
10.16.10.6
RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0 S0/0/1
RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
10.16.10.6
33How do port filtering and access lists help provide
network security?
They prevent specified types
of traffic from reaching specified network destinations
. They alert network administrators to various type of
denial of service attacks as they occur.
They prevent viruses, worms, and Trojans from
infecting host computers and servers. They enable encryption and
authentication of confidential data communications.
34 Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator of
the building in the graphic needs to choose the type of cable best suited to
add ServerB to the network. Which cable type is the best choice?
STP
UTP
coaxial
fiber optic
35What is used by a routing protocol to determine the
best path to include in the routing table?
Convergence time
Default distance
Metric
Type of router
36Refer to the exhibit. Which IP addresses could be
assigned to the hosts in the diagram? (Choose two.)
192.168.65.31
192.168.65.32
192.168.65.35
192.168.65.60
192.168.65.63
192.168.65.64
37Given the network 192.168.25.0 shown in the graphic,
which subnet mask would accommodate the number of hosts in each
subnet?
255.255.0.0
255.255.224.0
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.224
255.255.255.240
255.255.255.248
38 Which two protocols allow network devices to report
their status and events to a centralized network management device? (Choose
two.)
Syslog
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
SNMP
39What is true regarding the differences between NAT
and PAT?
PAT uses the word “overload” at the end of the
access-list statement to share a single registered address.
Static NAT allows an unregistered address to map to
multiple registered addresses.Dynamic NAT allows hosts to receive the same
global address each time external access is required.
PAT uses unique source port
numbers to distinguish between translations.
40Refer to the exhibit. The graphic shows the output
of a command issued on router RTB. According to the output, what two statements
are true of router RTB? (Choose two.)
The router is connected to a
router named Boise.
Router RTB is connected to a Cisco 1841 router.Router
RTB is directly connected to two other routers.
The IP address of the router
interface connected to router RTB is 192.168.2.6 .
The RTB router is connected to two Cisco devices by
Fast Ethernet links.
41Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator uses
the command below to configure a default route to the ISP network :
RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.1.1.6A ping
issued from the ISP is successful to router RTB. However, ping echo request
packets arrive at a host that is attached to the Fa0/0 interface of RTB, and
the replies do not make it back to the ISP router. What will fix this problem?
The ISP must be configured to forward packets from the
192.168.1.0 network.
The ip route command needs to
be edited so that the next hop address is 10.1.1.5.
The ip route command needs to be edited so that the
192.168.1.1 address is the next hop address. The ip route command should be
removed from the RTB router configuration.
42 A network technician is using a network management
station to gather data about the performance of devices and links within the
ISP. Which application layer protocol makes this possible?
SNMP
FTP
DHCP
SMTP
43What are two purposes of DNS? (Choose two.)
to dynamically assign IP addressing information
to network hoststo simplify the administration of host
and default gateway addressing on client computersto assign TCP port numbers
to hosts as part of the data transfer process
to resolve human-readable
domain names
to numeric IP addressesto
replace the static HOSTS file with a more practical dynamic system
44A hacker attempts to reach confidential information
that is stored on a server inside the corporate network. A network security
solution inspects the entire packet, determines that it is a threat, and blocks
the packet from entering the inside network. Which security measure protected
the network?
an IDS
an IPS
a host-based firewall Anti-X software
45 How many host addresses may be assigned on each
subnetwork when using the 130.68.0.0 network address with a subnet mask of
255.255.248.0?
30
256
2046
2048
4094
4096
46In an IPv4 environment, what information is
used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to
another?
destination network address
source network addresssource MAC addresswell known
port destination address
47 A small tire retailer requires a low-cost WAN
connection to its headquarters in order to manage its inventory and process
customer sales in real time. Which WAN connection type is best suited to its
needs?
SonetT3
dialup
DSL
leased line
48The command copy tftp running-config has been
entered on the router. What will this command do?
copy the configuration in RAM to a server
copy the configuration file
from a server to RAM
copy the configuration file in NVRAM to RAMcopy the
configuration file in NVRAM to a servercopy the configuration file from a
server to NVRAM
49Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator
needs to configure the Fa0/0 interface of RTB so that hosts from RTA can
connect to the server that is attached to RTB. Which two commands will the
administrator use to accomplish this task? (Choose two.) RTB# ip
address 192.168.102.98 255.255.255.248
RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.99
255.255.255.252
RTB(config)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252
RTB(config)# no shutdown
RTB(config-if)# no shutdown
RTB(config-if)# ip address
192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252
50Refer to the exhibit. A NOC technician at an ISP
enters the command shown. What are two reasons to use this command? (Choose
two.) to map the path to 192.168.1.7
to test reachability to
192.168.1.7
to locate connectivity problems along the route to
192.168.1.7 to identify the ISPs that interconnect the NOC with the remote host
with the address 192.168.1.7
to measure the time that
packets take to reach 192.168.1.7 and return to the technician’s workstation
______________________________________________________________________
Refer to the graphic. Which command will configure a
static route on Router A to direct traffic from LAN A that is destined for LAN
C?
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.5.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.5.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.1
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.2 255.255.255.0 192.168.4.0
>
> 2
> A hacker attempts to reach confidential information that is stored on a server inside the corporate network. A network security solution inspects the entire packet, determines that it is a threat, and blocks the packet from entering the inside network. Which security measure protected the network?
> an IDS
> an IPS
> a host-based firewall
> Anti-X software
>
> 3
> How does TCP ensure the reliable transfer of data?
> If data segments are not received from the source, the destination requests that the segments be resent.
> If an acknowledgment of the transmitted segments is not received from the destination in a predetermined amount of the time, the source resends the data.
> TCP uses the SYN-ACK portion of the three-way handshake to ensure that all data has been received.
> The TCP Protocol Interpreter process verifies the transmitted data at source and destination.
>
> 4
> What are three characteristics of the TCP protocol? (Choose three.)
> exchanges datagrams unreliably
> is used to send IP error messages
> forces the retransmission of unacknowledged packets
> creates a virtual session between end-user applications
> carries the IP address of the destination host in the TCP header
> is responsible for breaking messages into segments and reassembling them at their destination
>
> 5
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.5.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.5.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.1
> RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.2 255.255.255.0 192.168.4.0
>
> 2
> A hacker attempts to reach confidential information that is stored on a server inside the corporate network. A network security solution inspects the entire packet, determines that it is a threat, and blocks the packet from entering the inside network. Which security measure protected the network?
> an IDS
> an IPS
> a host-based firewall
> Anti-X software
>
> 3
> How does TCP ensure the reliable transfer of data?
> If data segments are not received from the source, the destination requests that the segments be resent.
> If an acknowledgment of the transmitted segments is not received from the destination in a predetermined amount of the time, the source resends the data.
> TCP uses the SYN-ACK portion of the three-way handshake to ensure that all data has been received.
> The TCP Protocol Interpreter process verifies the transmitted data at source and destination.
>
> 4
> What are three characteristics of the TCP protocol? (Choose three.)
> exchanges datagrams unreliably
> is used to send IP error messages
> forces the retransmission of unacknowledged packets
> creates a virtual session between end-user applications
> carries the IP address of the destination host in the TCP header
> is responsible for breaking messages into segments and reassembling them at their destination
>
> 5
> A user reports being able to access the Internet but not being able to download e-mail from the mail server at the ISP. What should the user check on the user workstation?
> the POP3 and SMTP server settings in the e-mail application
> the patch cable connections at the back of the workstation and at the wall plate
> the DHCP settings in the operating system
> the IP address, mask, and default gateway values
> the NIC drivers
>
> 6 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/8253.jpg
>
>
>
Refer to the exhibit. Which type of UTP cable should
be used to connect Host A to Switch1?
> rollover
> console
> crossover
> straight-through
>
> 7
> A network technician is using a network management station to gather data about the performance of devices and links within the ISP. Which application layer protocol makes this possible?
> SNMP
> FTP
> DHCP
> SMTP
>
> 8
> After an unsuccessful ping to the local router, the technician decides to investigate the router. The technician observes that the lights and fan on the router are not operational. In which layer of the OSI model is the problem most likely occurring?
> transport
> network
> data link
> physical
>
> 9
> What is used by a routing protocol to determine the best path to include in the routing table?
> Convergence time
> Default distance
> Metric
> Type of router
>
> 10
> How does a switch interface that uses sticky port security handle MAC addresses?
> The addresses are configured manually and are saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured manually and are not saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured dynamically and are saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured dynamically and are not saved in the running configuration.
>
> 11
> http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/15795.jpg
>
>
> rollover
> console
> crossover
> straight-through
>
> 7
> A network technician is using a network management station to gather data about the performance of devices and links within the ISP. Which application layer protocol makes this possible?
> SNMP
> FTP
> DHCP
> SMTP
>
> 8
> After an unsuccessful ping to the local router, the technician decides to investigate the router. The technician observes that the lights and fan on the router are not operational. In which layer of the OSI model is the problem most likely occurring?
> transport
> network
> data link
> physical
>
> 9
> What is used by a routing protocol to determine the best path to include in the routing table?
> Convergence time
> Default distance
> Metric
> Type of router
>
> 10
> How does a switch interface that uses sticky port security handle MAC addresses?
> The addresses are configured manually and are saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured manually and are not saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured dynamically and are saved in the running configuration.
> They are configured dynamically and are not saved in the running configuration.
>
> 11
> http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/15795.jpg
>
>
Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator of the
building in the graphic needs to choose the type of cable best suited to add
ServerB to the network. Which cable type is the best choice?
> STP
> UTP
> coaxial
> fiber optic
>
>
>
>
> The show ip route command was executed on one of the routers shown in the graphic and the following output was displayed:
>
> C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0
> R 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0
> R 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
> R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
> C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1
>
> From which router was this command executed?
> A
> B
> C
> D
>
> 13 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18303.jpg
>
>
>
> STP
> UTP
> coaxial
> fiber optic
>
>
>
>
> The show ip route command was executed on one of the routers shown in the graphic and the following output was displayed:
>
> C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0
> R 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0
> R 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
> R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
> C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1
>
> From which router was this command executed?
> A
> B
> C
> D
>
> 13 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18303.jpg
>
>
>
Refer to the exhibit. A user who is connected to RTA
is trying to telnet to RTB, but the connection is failing. Based on the output
of the show running-config command on router RTB, why is the Telnet session
failing?
> Telnet has not been configured on the console line.
> The login command has not been issued on the console line.
> No password has been configured on the VTY lines.
> A session limit has not been configured for Telnet.
>
> 14
>
> Telnet has not been configured on the console line.
> The login command has not been issued on the console line.
> No password has been configured on the VTY lines.
> A session limit has not been configured for Telnet.
>
> 14
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator uses the command below to configure a default route on RTB:
>
> RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 fa0/0
>
> A ping issued from PC3 is successful to RTB. However, echo request packets arrive at PC1 but the echo replies do not make it back to PC3. What will fix this problem?
> RTA must be configured to forward packets to the 192.168.2.0 network.
> The ip route command needs to be edited so that the next hop address is 10.1.1.5.
> The ip route command needs to be edited so that the 192.168.2.1 address is the next hop address.
> The ip route command should be removed from the RTB router configuration.
> Another default route should be configured on RTA with a next hop address of 10.1.1.6.
>
> 15
> What is the purpose of the routing process?
> to encapsulate data that is used to communicate across a network
> to select the paths that are used to direct traffic to destination networks
> to convert a URL name into an IP address
> to provide secure Internet file transfer
> to forward traffic on the basis of MAC addresses
>
> Show
>
> A small tire retailer requires a low-cost WAN connection to its headquarters in order to manage its inventory and process customer sales in real time. Which WAN connection type is best suited to its needs?
> SONET
> T3
> T1
> DSL
> leased line
>
> 17
> When customers use credit cards to make purchases at a small business, a modem is heard dialing a telephone number to transfer the transaction data to the central office. What type of WAN serial connection is in use?
> leased line
> packet switched
> circuit switched
> point-to-point
>
> 18
> In an IPv4 environment, what information is used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to another?
> destination network address
> source network address
> source MAC address
> well known port destination address
>
> 19 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18932.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting the serial connection between R1 and R2. There is no communication between R1 and R2. Based on the output of the show ip interface brief command, what is the cause of the problem?
> There is a misconfiguration of IP addresses.
> There is a mismatch of encapsulation methods.
> The no shutdown command should be issued on R2.
> The routing protocols are not compatible.
>
> 20
> The command copy tftp running-config has been entered on the router. What will this command do?
> copy the configuration in RAM to a server
> copy the configuration file from a server to RAM
> copy the configuration file in NVRAM to RAM
> copy the configuration file in NVRAM to a server
> copy the configuration file from a server to NVRAM
>
> 21
> A user reports being unable to access the Internet. The help desk technician employs a bottom-up approach to troubleshooting. The technician first has the user check the patch cable connection from the PC to the wall, and then has the user verify that the NIC has a green link light. What will the technician have the user do next?
> Enter an IP address into the WWW browser address bar to see if DNS is at fault.
> Use traceroute to identify the device along the path to the ISP that may be at fault.
> Verify the IP address, subnet, and gateway settings using ipconfig on the PC.
> Connect to the user home router to check firewall settings for blocked TCP ports.
>
> 22 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18086.jpg
>
>
>
Refer to the exhibit. Which subnet mask would accommodate
the number of hosts indicated for all subnets if the major network address was
192.168.25.0/24?
> 255.255.0.0
> 255.255.224.0
> 255.255.255.0
> 255.255.255.224
> 255.255.255.240
> 255.255.255.248
>
> 23
> A network administrator is asked to design a system to allow simultaneous access to the Internet for 250 users. The ISP can only supply five public IP addresses for this network. What technology can the administrator use to accomplish this task?
> classful subnetting
> variable length subnet masks
> classless interdomain routing
> port-based Network Address Translation
>
> 24
> What are two purposes of DNS? (Choose two.)
> to dynamically assign IP addressing information to network hosts
> to simplify the administration of host and default gateway addressing on client computers
> to assign TCP port numbers to hosts as part of the data transfer process
> to resolve human-readable domain names to numeric IP addresses
> to replace the static HOSTS file with a more practical dynamic system
>
> 25 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/i122558n1v1.jpg
>
>
> 255.255.0.0
> 255.255.224.0
> 255.255.255.0
> 255.255.255.224
> 255.255.255.240
> 255.255.255.248
>
> 23
> A network administrator is asked to design a system to allow simultaneous access to the Internet for 250 users. The ISP can only supply five public IP addresses for this network. What technology can the administrator use to accomplish this task?
> classful subnetting
> variable length subnet masks
> classless interdomain routing
> port-based Network Address Translation
>
> 24
> What are two purposes of DNS? (Choose two.)
> to dynamically assign IP addressing information to network hosts
> to simplify the administration of host and default gateway addressing on client computers
> to assign TCP port numbers to hosts as part of the data transfer process
> to resolve human-readable domain names to numeric IP addresses
> to replace the static HOSTS file with a more practical dynamic system
>
> 25 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/i122558n1v1.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. The diagram that is shown represents the network of a manufacturing company with its headquarters at one end of a city and its warehouse at the other end. These two locations are connected via a T1 line. How will the Fohi router dynamically learn routes to the 192.168.16.16/28, 192.168.16.32/28, and 192.168.16.64/28 subnetworks?
with BGP
> with a static route
> with a directly connected route
> with an interior routing protocol
>
>
> with a static route
> with a directly connected route
> with an interior routing protocol
>
>
26
> How do port filtering and access lists help provide network security?
> How do port filtering and access lists help provide network security?
> They prevent specified types of traffic from reaching specified network destinations.
> They alert network administrators to various type of denial of service attacks as they occur.
> They prevent viruses, worms, and Trojans from infecting host computers and servers.
> They enable encryption and authentication of confidential data communications.
>
> 27 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18140.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. Based on the output of the show ip route command, how many hops are between this router and the 192.168.3.0 network?
> 3
> 4
> 5
> 120
>
> 28 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/15796.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. Which combination of cables and symbols is correct?
> A – crossover, B – straight-through, C – straight-through
> A – crossover, B – rollover, C – straight-through
> A – straight-through, B -crossover, C – straight-through
> A – straight-through, B -straight-through, C – straight-through
> A – straight-through, B – straight-through, C – crossover
> A – rollover, B – straight-through, C – straight-through
>
> 29 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18072.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. A ping 192.168.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What two events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)
> The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.
> Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.
> The router will send a TCP acknowledgment message to workstation A.
> Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to the router.
> Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
> Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
>
> 30
> Which two protocols allow network devices to report their status and events to a centralized network management device? (Choose two.)
> Syslog
> Telnet
> HTTP
> HTTPS
> SNMP
> 31
> http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/15679.jpg
>
> Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe the data conversation shown?
(Choose two.)
> The data conversation was started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
> The data conversation is identified by TCP port 80 on the client.
> The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.
> The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43.
> The Internet server will send data to port 8547 on the client.
>
> The data conversation was started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
> The data conversation is identified by TCP port 80 on the client.
> The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.
> The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43.
> The Internet server will send data to port 8547 on the client.
>
Refer to the exhibit. Both R1 and R2 are
performing static NAT translations for their inside networks. A packet is sent
from HostA to the web server. What are the source and destination addresses as
the packet leaves R1 toward R2?
> Source: 10.1.1.2 Destination: 172.30.20.100
> Source: 10.1.1.2 Destination: 192.168.1.2
> Source: 172.30.20.1 Destination: 172.30.20.2
> Source: 172.30.20.10 Destination: 172.30.20.100
> Source: 172.30.20.10 Destination: 192.168.1.2
>
> 33
> Which two processes enable a router to determine paths to destination networks? (Choose two.)
> inspection of the source IP address in data packets
> ARP requests from connected routers
> manual configuration of routes
> updates from other routers
> DHCP information broadcasts
> updates from the SMTP management information base
>
> 34
>
> Source: 10.1.1.2 Destination: 172.30.20.100
> Source: 10.1.1.2 Destination: 192.168.1.2
> Source: 172.30.20.1 Destination: 172.30.20.2
> Source: 172.30.20.10 Destination: 172.30.20.100
> Source: 172.30.20.10 Destination: 192.168.1.2
>
> 33
> Which two processes enable a router to determine paths to destination networks? (Choose two.)
> inspection of the source IP address in data packets
> ARP requests from connected routers
> manual configuration of routes
> updates from other routers
> DHCP information broadcasts
> updates from the SMTP management information base
>
> 34
>
What is the most commonly used exterior routing
protocol?
> BGP
> RIP
> OSPF
> EIGRP
>
> 35
> Which two statements are true about the use of the debug ip rip command on a Cisco router? (Choose two.)
> The debug ip rip command displays RIP routing activity in real time.
> The debug ip rip command can be issued at the user EXEC configuration mode.
> The debug ip rip command displays a combination of the information that is displayed by the show ip route and show ip protocols commands.
> Because of router processor usage, the debug ip rip command should be used only when necessary.
> The debug ip rip command should be used instead of the show ip route command whenever possible.
>
> 36
> Which mode does a router enter when no configuration file is located in NVRAM?
> ROMMON
> setup
> global configuration
> privileged exec
>
> 37
> Which two commands ensure that any password that permits access to the privileged EXEC mode is not shown in plain text when the configuration files are displayed? (Choose two.)
> Router(config)# enable secret cisco
> Router(config)# enable cisco
> Router(config)# encryption-password all
> Router(config)# enable login encrypted
> Router(config)# enable password encryption
> Router(config)# service password-encryption
>
> 38
> Which two subnet masks could be used when subnetting a Class B IP address? (Choose two.)
> 255.255.255.240
> 255.255.192.0
> 255.255.0.0
> 255.192.0.0
> 240.0.0.0
> 255.0.0.0
>
> 39
> A Catalyst switch is used as a temporary replacement for another switch that needs to be repaired. About a minute after the switch has started, the SYST LED on the front of the switch transitions from blinking green to amber. What is the meaning of the amber SYST LED?
> The switch has no configuration file in NVRAM.
> The switch has failed POST and must be sent for service.
> The switch is functioning properly.
> The switch is in half-duplex mode.
>
> 40
> A customer reports connectivity problems to an ISP technician. Upon questioning the customer, the technician discovers that all network applications are functioning except for FTP. What should the technician suspect is the problem?
> misconfigured firewall
> bad port on switch or hub
> misconfigured IP addressing on the customer’s workstation
> wrong DNS server configured on the customer’s workstation
> wrong default gateway configured on the customer’s workstation
>
> 41
>
> BGP
> RIP
> OSPF
> EIGRP
>
> 35
> Which two statements are true about the use of the debug ip rip command on a Cisco router? (Choose two.)
> The debug ip rip command displays RIP routing activity in real time.
> The debug ip rip command can be issued at the user EXEC configuration mode.
> The debug ip rip command displays a combination of the information that is displayed by the show ip route and show ip protocols commands.
> Because of router processor usage, the debug ip rip command should be used only when necessary.
> The debug ip rip command should be used instead of the show ip route command whenever possible.
>
> 36
> Which mode does a router enter when no configuration file is located in NVRAM?
> ROMMON
> setup
> global configuration
> privileged exec
>
> 37
> Which two commands ensure that any password that permits access to the privileged EXEC mode is not shown in plain text when the configuration files are displayed? (Choose two.)
> Router(config)# enable secret cisco
> Router(config)# enable cisco
> Router(config)# encryption-password all
> Router(config)# enable login encrypted
> Router(config)# enable password encryption
> Router(config)# service password-encryption
>
> 38
> Which two subnet masks could be used when subnetting a Class B IP address? (Choose two.)
> 255.255.255.240
> 255.255.192.0
> 255.255.0.0
> 255.192.0.0
> 240.0.0.0
> 255.0.0.0
>
> 39
> A Catalyst switch is used as a temporary replacement for another switch that needs to be repaired. About a minute after the switch has started, the SYST LED on the front of the switch transitions from blinking green to amber. What is the meaning of the amber SYST LED?
> The switch has no configuration file in NVRAM.
> The switch has failed POST and must be sent for service.
> The switch is functioning properly.
> The switch is in half-duplex mode.
>
> 40
> A customer reports connectivity problems to an ISP technician. Upon questioning the customer, the technician discovers that all network applications are functioning except for FTP. What should the technician suspect is the problem?
> misconfigured firewall
> bad port on switch or hub
> misconfigured IP addressing on the customer’s workstation
> wrong DNS server configured on the customer’s workstation
> wrong default gateway configured on the customer’s workstation
>
> 41
>
> http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18075.jpg
> Refer to the exhibit. A NOC technician at an ISP enters the command c:\ping 209.165.201.7. What are two reasons to use this command? (Choose two.)
> map the path to 209.165.201.7
> test reachability to 209.165.201.7
> locate connectivity problems along the route to 209.165.201.7
> identify ISPs that interconnect the NOC and remote host with IP 209.165.201.7
> measure the time that packets take to reach 209.165.201.7 and return to the technician’s workstation
>
> 42
> A user is attempting to do an http://www.cisco.com/ without success. Which two configuration values must be set on the host to allow this access? (Choose two.)
> DNS server
> WINS server
> HTTP server
> default gateway
> Netbios
>
> 43 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/16008.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator needs to configure the Fa0/0 interface of RTB so that hosts from RTA can connect to the server that is attached to RTB. Which two commands will the administrator use to accomplish this task? (Choose two.)
> RTB# ip address 192.168.102.98 255.255.255.248
> RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.99 255.255.255.252
> RTB(config)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252
> RTB(config)# no shutdown
> RTB(config-if)# no shutdown
> RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252
>
> 44
> A new router is connected to an existing network. Which two tasks must be completed on the new router to include it in the dynamic routing process? (Choose two.)
> Enter the new network IP address on all existing routers.
> Assign an appropriate IP address and subnet mask to the serial interface.
> Update the ip host configuration information with the device name and new interface IP address.
> Configure a routing protocol with the directly connected network IP addresses.
> Configure a routing protocol to include all existing networks.
>
> 45
> A company is developing an Internet store for its website. Which protocol should be used to transfer credit card information from customers to the company web server?
> FTPS
> HTTP
> HTTPS
> WEP2
> TFTP
> 46 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18073.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. Which command would an administrator use to configure the router name?
> Router# ip hostname Boise
> Router# hostname Boise
> Router(config-line)# name Boise
> Router(config)# hostname Boise
> Router> ip hostname Boise
>
> 47 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/19488.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator configures a static default route to the Internet on router A, as shown in the exhibit. Why doesn’t the route appear in the routing table?
> The serial interface is not connected.
> The gateway of last resort is not set.
> The destination prefix mask should be 255.255.255.255
> The routing protocol has not been configured.
> The default route must be configured on router B.
>
> 48
> Why are port numbers included in the TCP header of a segment?
> to indicate the correct router interface that should be used to forward a segment
> to identify which switch ports should receive or forward the segment
> to determine which Layer 3 protocol should be used to encapsulate the data
> to enable a receiving host to forward the data to the appropriate application
> to allow the receiving host to assemble the packet in the proper order
>
> 49
> How many host addresses may be assigned on each subnetwork when using the 130.68.0.0 network address with a subnet mask of 255.255.248.0?
> 30
> 256
> 2046
> 2048
> 4094
> 4096
>
> 50
> What is one purpose of the TCP three-way handshake?
> sending echo requests from the source to the destination host to establish the presence of the destination
> determining the IP address of the destination host in preparation for data transfer
> requesting the destination to transfer a binary file to the source
> synchronizing sequence numbers between source and destination in preparation for data transfer
>
> 51
> Which type of address is 192.168.17.111/28?
> host address
> network address
> broadcast address
> multicast address
>
> 52 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/19486.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. The PC tries to ping router B at 192.168.2.2, but the ping fails. What is the problem?
> The address of the PC is on the wrong subnet.
> The subnet mask of the PC should be 255.255.255.0.
> The default gateway should be 192.168.2.1.
> The DNS server is incorrect.
>
> 53 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18070.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. Which two IP addresses could be assigned to the hosts in the diagram? (Choose two.)
> 192.168.65.31
> 192.168.65.32
> 192.168.65.35
> 192.168.65.60
> 192.168.65.63
> 192.168.65.64
>
> 54 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/15785.jpg
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured to connect to the headquarters router?
> branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.19 255.255.255.240
> branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
> branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc
> branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.25 255.255.255.240
> branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
> branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
> branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
> branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
> branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.33 255.255.255.240
> branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
> branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240
> branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
> http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/16009.jpg
> 55
>
>
> Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator has configured the RTA and RTB interfaces. In order to allow hosts that are attached to RTA to reach the server that is attached to RTB, a static route from RTA to the server LAN and a default route from RTB back to RTA need to be configured. Which two commands will the administrator use to accomplish these tasks on the two routers? (Choose two.)
> RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.5 255.255.255.252 10.16.10.6
> RTA(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.16.10.6
> RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.96 255.255.255.252 10.16.10.6
> RTB(config)# ip route 10.16.10.6 255.255.255.248 10.16.10.6
> RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 S0/0/1
> RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.16.10.6
>
> 56 http://assessment.netacad.net/assessment/images/18089.jpg
> Refer to the exhibit. What two conclusions can be drawn about router RTB? (Choose two.)
> The router is connected to a router named Boise.
> Router RTB is connected to a Cisco 1841 router.
> Router RTB is directly connected to two other routers.
> The IP address of the router interface that is connected to router RTB is 192.168.2.6.
> The RTB router is connected to two Cisco devices by FastEthernet links.
>
___________________________________________________________________
1 A company is developing an Internet store for its
website. Which protocol should be used to transfer credit card information from
customers to the company web server?
HTTPS
2 Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has
been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to
allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How
should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured
to connect to the headquarters router?
branch_23(config-if)#
encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip
address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no
shutdown
3Which two commands ensure that any password that permits
access to the privileged EXEC mode is not shown in plain text when the
configuration files are displayed? (Choose two.)
Router(config)# enable secret
cisco
Router(config)# enable cisco Router(config)#
encryption-password all Router(config)# enable login encrypted Router(config)#
enable password encryption
Router(config)# service
password-encryption
4A new network is to be configured on a router.
Which of the following tasks must be completed to configure this interface and
implement dynamic IP routing for the new network? (Choose three.)
Select the routing protocol to
be configured.
Assign an IP address and
subnet mask to the interface
Update the ip host configuration information
with the device name and new interface IP address.
Configure the routing protocol
with the new network IP address.
Configure the routing protocol with the new
interface IP address and subnet mask. Configure the routing protocol in
use on all other enterprise routers with the new network information.
5 How does TCP ensure the reliable transfer of
data?
if data segments are not received from the source, the
destination requests that the segments be resent. If an acknowledgment of
the transmitted segments is not received from the destination in a
predetermined amount of the time, the source resends the
data.
TCP uses the SYN-ACK portion
of the three-way handshake to ensure that all data has been received
. The TCP Protocol Interpreter process verifies
the transmitted data at source and destination.
6 A network administrator is asked to design a system
to allow simultaneous access to the Internet for 250 users. The ISP for this
network can only supply five public IPs. What can be used to accomplish this
task? routable translation dynamic translation static translation
port address translation
7What is the most commonly used exterior routing
protocol?
BGP
RIP OSPF EIGRP
8 Refer to the exhibit. The network
administrator needs to configure the router with a name. Which command will the
administrator use to configure the router name? Router# ip hostname
Boise
Router# enable hostname Boise
Router(config-line)# name Boise
Router(config)# hostname Boise
Router(config)# ip hostname Boise
9Why are port numbers included in the TCP header of a
segment?
to indicate the correct router interface that should
be used
to forward a segment to identify which switch ports
should receive or forward the segment
to determine which Layer 3
protocol should be used to encapsulate the data
to enable a receiving host to forward the data
to the appropriate application to allow the receiving host to assemble the
packet in the proper order
10What is the purpose of the routing process? to
encapsulate data that is used to communicate across a network
to select the paths that are
used to direct traffic to destination networks
to convert a URL name into an IP address to
provide secure Internet file transfer to forward traffic on the basis of MAC
address.
11Which two statements are true about the use of the
debug ip rip command on a Cisco router? (Choose two.)
The debug ip rip command
displays RIP routing activity in real time.
The debug ip rip command can
be issued at the user EXEC configuration mode.
The debug ip rip command displays a combination
of the information that is displayed by the show ip route and show ip protocols
commands. Because of router processor usage, the debug ip rip command
should be used only when necessary. The debug ip rip command should be
used instead of the show ip route command whenever possible.
12What minimum configurations must be set on a host to
allow a request to be sent to http://www.cisco.com/? (Choose four.)
DNS server
WINS server
IP address
NetBIOS
subnet mask
default gateway
13A Catalyst 2960 switch has been taken out of storage
to be used as a temporary replacement for another switch that needs to be
repaired. About a minute after the switch has started, the SYST LED on the
front of the switch transitions from blinking green to amber. What is the
meaning of the amber SYST LED?
The switch has no configuration file in NVRAM.
The switch has failed POST and
must be sent for service.
The switch is functioning properly. The switch
is in half-duplex mode.
14Refer to the exhibit. Which combination of cables
and symbols is correct?
A – crossover, B – straight-through, C –
straight-through
A – crossover, B – rollover, C –
straight-through
A – straight-through, B
-crossover, C – straight-through
A – straight-through, B -straight-through, C –
straight-through
A – straight-through, B – straight-through, C –
crossover
A – rollover, B – straight-through, C –
straight-through
15After an unsuccessful ping to the local router, the
technician decides to investigate the router. The technician observes that the
lights and fan on the router are not operational. In which layer of the OSI
model is the problem most likely occurring?
Transport
Network
data link
physical
16What are three characteristics of the TCP
protocol? (Choose three.)
exchanges datagrams unreliably is used to send IP
error messages forces the retransmission of unacknowledged packets
creates a virtual session
between end-user applications
carries the IP address of the
destination host in the TCP header
is responsible for breaking messages into
segments and reassembling them at their destination
17Refer to the exhibit. The network shown is connected
using services from the same ISP. How will the Fohi router dynamically learn
routes to the 192.168.16.16/28, 192.168.16.32/28, and 192.168.16.64/28
subnetworks?
with BGP
with a static route
with a directly connected route with an interior
routing protocol
18Refer to the exhibit. Which type of UTP cable should
be used to connect Host A to Switch1?
rollover
console
crossover
straight-through
19When customers use credit cards to make
purchases at a small business, a modem is heard dialing a telephone number to
transfer the transaction data to the central office. What type of WAN serial
connection is in use?
leased line packet
switched
circuit switched
point-to-point
20 A user reports being unable to access the Internet.
The help desk technician employs a bottom-up approach to troubleshooting. The
technician first has the user check the patch cable connection from the PC to
the wall, and then has the user verify that the NIC has a green link light.
What will the technician have the user do next?
Enter an IP address into the WWW browser
address bar to see if DNS is at fault. Use traceroute to identify the device
along the path to the ISP that may be at fault.
Verify the IP address, subnet,
and gateway settings using ipconfig on the PC
. Connect to the user home router to check firewall
settings for blocked TCP ports.
21 A ping 192.1.1.20 command is issued on workstation
A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What events will occur if this
command is successful? (Choose two.) The router will block
the ping request message.
The router will reply to the echo request with a
proxy ping response.
Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message
to workstation B.
Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to
workstation A.
Workstation A will send an
ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
Workstation B will send
an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
22How does a router know of paths to destination
networks? (Choose two.)
inspection of the destination IP address in
data packets
ARP requests from connected routers manual
configuration of routes
updates from other routers
DHCP information broadcasts updates from the SMTP
management information base
23Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe
the data conversation shown? (Choose two.)
The data conversation was
started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
The data conversation is identified by TCP port
80 on the client. The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.
The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43 .
The Internet server will send
data to port 8547 on the client.
24What is one purpose of the TCP three-way
handshake?
sending echo requests from the source to the
destination host to establish the presence of the destination determining
the IP address of the destination host in preparation for data transfer
requesting the destination to transfer a binary file to the source
synchronizing sequence numbers
between source and destination in preparation for data transfer
25Which type of address is 192.168.17.111/28?
host address
network address
broadcast address
multicast address
26A customer reports connectivity problems to an ISP
technician. Upon questioning the customer, the technician discovers that all
network applications are functioning except for FTP. What should the technician
suspect is the problem?
misconfigured firewall
bad port on switch or hub misconfigured IP
addressing on the customer’s workstation wrong DNS server configured on the
customer’s workstation wrong default gateway configured on the customer’s
workstation
27The show ip route command was executed on one of the
routers shown in the graphic and the following output was displayed:
C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0
R
192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0
R
192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20,
Serial0/1
C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1
From which router was this command executed?
A
B
C
D
28Refer to the exhibit. Which two sets of commands are
required to configure passwords for all management ports on a Catalyst 2960
switch? (Choose two.) ALSwitch(config)# interface vlan 1
ALSwitch(config-if)# password cisco
ALSwitch(config-if)# login
ALSwitch(config)# line vty 0 4
ALSwitch(config-line)#
password cisco
ALSwitch(config-line)# login
ALSwitch(config)# line vty 0 15
ALSwitch(config-line)# password cisco
ALSwitch(config-line)# login
ALSwitch(config)# enable secret class
ALSwitch(config)# enable password cisco
ALSwitch(config)# interface fa0/1ALSwitch(config-if)#
password cisco
ALSwitch(config-if)# no shutdown
ALSwitch(config)# line cons 0
ALSwitch(config-line)#
password cisco
ALSwitch(config-line)# login
29A user reports being able to access the Internet but
not being able to download e-mail from the mail server at the ISP. What should
the user check on the user workstation?
the POP3 and SMTP server
settings in the e-mail application
the patch cable connections at the back of the
workstation and at the wall plate the DHCP settings in the operating system the
IP address, mask, and default gateway values the NIC drivers
30Refer to the graphic. Which command will configure a
static route on Router A to direct traffic from LAN A that is destined for LAN
C?
RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0
192.168.5.2
RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0
192.168.3.2
RouterA(config)# ip route
192.168.5.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2
RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.0
255.255.255.0 192.168.3.1
RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.2 255.255.255.0
192.168.4.0
31Which subnet masks could be used when subnetting a
Class B IP address? (Choose two.)
255.255.255.240
255.255.192.0
255.255.0.0
255.192.0.0
240.0.0.0
255.0.0.0
32 Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator has
configured the RTA and RTB interfaces. In order to allow hosts that are
attached to RTA to reach the server that is attached to RTB, a static route
from RTA to the server LAN and a default route from RTB back to RTA need to be
configured. Which two commands will the administrator use to accomplish these
tasks on the two routers? (Choose two.)
RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.5
255.255.255.252 10.16.10.6
RTA(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.16.10.6
RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.96 255.255.255.252
10.16.10.6
RTB(config)# ip route 10.16.10.6 255.255.255.248 10.16.10.6
RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0 S0/0/1
RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
10.16.10.6
33How do port filtering and access lists help provide
network security?
They prevent specified types
of traffic from reaching specified network destinations
. They alert network administrators to various type of
denial of service attacks as they occur.
They prevent viruses, worms, and Trojans from
infecting host computers and servers. They enable encryption and
authentication of confidential data communications.
34 Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator of
the building in the graphic needs to choose the type of cable best suited to
add ServerB to the network. Which cable type is the best choice?
STP
UTP
coaxial
fiber optic
35What is used by a routing protocol to determine the
best path to include in the routing table?
Convergence time
Default distance
Metric
Type of router
36Refer to the exhibit. Which IP addresses could be
assigned to the hosts in the diagram? (Choose two.)
192.168.65.31
192.168.65.32
192.168.65.35
192.168.65.60
192.168.65.63
192.168.65.64
37Given the network 192.168.25.0 shown in the graphic,
which subnet mask would accommodate the number of hosts in each
subnet?
255.255.0.0
255.255.224.0
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.224
255.255.255.240
255.255.255.248
38 Which two protocols allow network devices to report
their status and events to a centralized network management device? (Choose
two.)
Syslog
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
SNMP
39What is true regarding the differences between NAT
and PAT?
PAT uses the word “overload” at the end of the
access-list statement to share a single registered address.
Static NAT allows an unregistered address to map to
multiple registered addresses.Dynamic NAT allows hosts to receive the same
global address each time external access is required.
PAT uses unique source port
numbers to distinguish between translations.
40Refer to the exhibit. The graphic shows the output
of a command issued on router RTB. According to the output, what two statements
are true of router RTB? (Choose two.)
The router is connected to a
router named Boise.
Router RTB is connected to a Cisco 1841 router.Router
RTB is directly connected to two other routers.
The IP address of the router
interface connected to router RTB is 192.168.2.6 .
The RTB router is connected to two Cisco devices by
Fast Ethernet links.
41Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator uses
the command below to configure a default route to the ISP network :
RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.1.1.6A ping
issued from the ISP is successful to router RTB. However, ping echo request
packets arrive at a host that is attached to the Fa0/0 interface of RTB, and
the replies do not make it back to the ISP router. What will fix this
problem?
The ISP must be configured to forward packets from the
192.168.1.0 network.
The ip route command needs to
be edited so that the next hop address is 10.1.1.5.
The ip route command needs to be edited so that the
192.168.1.1 address is the next hop address. The ip route command should be
removed from the RTB router configuration.
42 A network technician is using a network management
station to gather data about the performance of devices and links within the
ISP. Which application layer protocol makes this possible?
SNMP
FTP
DHCP
SMTP
43What are two purposes of DNS? (Choose two.)
to dynamically assign IP addressing information
to network hoststo simplify the administration of host
and default gateway addressing on client computersto assign TCP port numbers
to hosts as part of the data transfer process
to resolve human-readable
domain names
to numeric IP addressesto
replace the static HOSTS file with a more practical dynamic system
44A hacker attempts to reach confidential information
that is stored on a server inside the corporate network. A network security
solution inspects the entire packet, determines that it is a threat, and blocks
the packet from entering the inside network. Which security measure protected
the network?
an IDS
an IPS
a host-based firewall Anti-X software
45 How many host addresses may be assigned on each
subnetwork when using the 130.68.0.0 network address with a subnet mask of
255.255.248.0?
30
256
2046
2048
4094
4096
46In an IPv4 environment, what information is
used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to
another?
destination network address
source network addresssource MAC addresswell known
port destination address
47 A small tire retailer requires a low-cost WAN connection
to its headquarters in order to manage its inventory and process customer sales
in real time. Which WAN connection type is best suited to its needs?
SonetT3
dialup
DSL
leased line
48The command copy tftp running-config has been
entered on the router. What will this command do?
copy the configuration in RAM to a server
copy the configuration file
from a server to RAM
copy the configuration file in NVRAM to RAMcopy the
configuration file in NVRAM to a servercopy the configuration file from a server
to NVRAM
49Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator
needs to configure the Fa0/0 interface of RTB so that hosts from RTA can
connect to the server that is attached to RTB. Which two commands will the
administrator use to accomplish this task? (Choose two.) RTB# ip
address 192.168.102.98 255.255.255.248
RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.99
255.255.255.252
RTB(config)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252
RTB(config)# no shutdown
RTB(config-if)# no shutdown
RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.97
255.255.255.252
50Refer to the exhibit. A NOC technician at an ISP
enters the command shown. What are two reasons to use this command? (Choose
two.) to map the path to 192.168.1.7
to test reachability to
192.168.1.7
to locate connectivity problems along the route to
192.168.1.7 to identify the ISPs that interconnect the NOC with the remote host
with the address 192.168.1.7
to measure the time that
packets take to reach 192.168.1.7 and return to the technician’s workstation
CCNA1 MODUL 1
1. Applications can be grouped into general use software or industry specific software. What are two examples of industry specific software? (Choose two.)
*an educational tool
presentation
spreadsheet
word processing
*medical practice management software
database management
2. What characteristic of word processing software would make it a local application?
The application is shared between users.
*The software is stored on the local hard drive.
The software is accessible through a web page.
The software has the ability to manipulate text and graphics.
3. Which three terms describe different types of computers? (Choose three.)
operating system
network
*laptop
*desktop
Windows
*mainframe
4. What are two benefits of connecting a laptop computer to a docking station? (Choose two.)
Mobility is increased.
Less power is required.
*An external monitor can be used.
More wireless security options are available.
*Alternate connectivity options may be available.
5. Why do servers often contain duplicate or redundant parts?
Servers require more power and thus require more components.
*Servers should be accessible at all times.
Servers can be designed as standalone towers or rack mounted.
Servers are required by networking standards to have duplicate parts.
6. What measurement is commonly associated with computer processing speed?
bits
pixels
*hertz
bytes
7. What are two advantages of purchasing a preassembled computer? (Choose two.)
*usually a lower cost
exact components may be specified
extended waiting period for assembly
*adequate for performing most general applications
suited for customers with special needs
8. A user plans to run multiple applications simultaneously on a computer. Which computer component is essential to accomplish this?
*RAM
NIC
video card
sound card
storage device
9. Which adapter enables a computer system to exchange information with other systems on a local network?
video card
sound card
modem card
*network interface card
10. What is the main storage drive used by servers, desktops, and laptops?
tape drive
*hard drive
optical drive (DVD)
floppy disk drive
11. Which component is designed to remove high-voltage spikes and surges from a power line so that they do not damage a computer system?
CPU
*surge suppressor
motherboard
hard drive
12. What two functions does a UPS provide that a surge protector does not? (Choose two.)
It protects the computer from voltage surges.
*It provides backup power from an internal battery.
It protects the computer from sudden voltage spikes.
It gives the user time to phone the electrical company.
*It gives the user time to safely shut down the computer if the power fails.
It provides backup power through a generator provided by the wall outlet.
13. Which computer component is considered the nerve center of the computer system and is responsible for processing all of the data within the machine?
RAM
*CPU
video card
sound card
operating system
14. What can be used to prevent electrostatic discharge (ESD)?
dry and non humid conditions
carpeted floor
*grounding strap
uncluttered work space
15. Because of the potentially dangerous voltage levels, which two devices should you not open unless you have been specifically trained to work on them? (Choose two.)
mouse
printer
*monitor
keyboard
hard drive
*power supply
16. In newer operating systems, how are system resources assigned by default when components are installed?
manually assigned by the operating system
manually assigned by the administrator
statically assigned by the component to a preset resource
*dynamically assigned between the component and the operating system
17. A user reports that a peripheral device that was installed correctly last week has not been functioning since the PC was booted today. All other PC functions are working properly. What are three things a service technician should do to solve the problem? (Choose three.)
*Use the testing functionality on the peripheral itself, if available.
*Verify that all cables are connected properly.
Disconnect all cables connected to the computer except those connected to the peripheral.
*Ensure that the peripheral is powered on.
Disconnect the peripheral and verify that the computer is operating normally.
Reload the computer operating system.
18. Which two steps should be performed when installing a peripheral device? (Choose two.)
*Download and install the most current driver.
Connect the peripheral using any cable and any available port on the computer.
*Connect the peripheral using an appropriate cable or wireless connection.
Test the peripheral on another machine before installing it on the one where it will be used.
Check the computer documentation to see if the peripheral vendor is compatible with the PC vendor.
19. How is a server different from a workstation computer?
The server works as a standalone computer.
*The server provides services to clients.
The workstation has fewer applications installed.
The workstation has more users who attach to it.
1. Applications can be grouped into general use software or industry specific software. What are two examples of industry specific software? (Choose two.)
*an educational tool
presentation
spreadsheet
word processing
*medical practice management software
database management
2. What characteristic of word processing software would make it a local application?
The application is shared between users.
*The software is stored on the local hard drive.
The software is accessible through a web page.
The software has the ability to manipulate text and graphics.
3. Which three terms describe different types of computers? (Choose three.)
operating system
network
*laptop
*desktop
Windows
*mainframe
4. What are two benefits of connecting a laptop computer to a docking station? (Choose two.)
Mobility is increased.
Less power is required.
*An external monitor can be used.
More wireless security options are available.
*Alternate connectivity options may be available.
5. Why do servers often contain duplicate or redundant parts?
Servers require more power and thus require more components.
*Servers should be accessible at all times.
Servers can be designed as standalone towers or rack mounted.
Servers are required by networking standards to have duplicate parts.
6. What measurement is commonly associated with computer processing speed?
bits
pixels
*hertz
bytes
7. What are two advantages of purchasing a preassembled computer? (Choose two.)
*usually a lower cost
exact components may be specified
extended waiting period for assembly
*adequate for performing most general applications
suited for customers with special needs
8. A user plans to run multiple applications simultaneously on a computer. Which computer component is essential to accomplish this?
*RAM
NIC
video card
sound card
storage device
9. Which adapter enables a computer system to exchange information with other systems on a local network?
video card
sound card
modem card
*network interface card
10. What is the main storage drive used by servers, desktops, and laptops?
tape drive
*hard drive
optical drive (DVD)
floppy disk drive
11. Which component is designed to remove high-voltage spikes and surges from a power line so that they do not damage a computer system?
CPU
*surge suppressor
motherboard
hard drive
12. What two functions does a UPS provide that a surge protector does not? (Choose two.)
It protects the computer from voltage surges.
*It provides backup power from an internal battery.
It protects the computer from sudden voltage spikes.
It gives the user time to phone the electrical company.
*It gives the user time to safely shut down the computer if the power fails.
It provides backup power through a generator provided by the wall outlet.
13. Which computer component is considered the nerve center of the computer system and is responsible for processing all of the data within the machine?
RAM
*CPU
video card
sound card
operating system
14. What can be used to prevent electrostatic discharge (ESD)?
dry and non humid conditions
carpeted floor
*grounding strap
uncluttered work space
15. Because of the potentially dangerous voltage levels, which two devices should you not open unless you have been specifically trained to work on them? (Choose two.)
mouse
printer
*monitor
keyboard
hard drive
*power supply
16. In newer operating systems, how are system resources assigned by default when components are installed?
manually assigned by the operating system
manually assigned by the administrator
statically assigned by the component to a preset resource
*dynamically assigned between the component and the operating system
17. A user reports that a peripheral device that was installed correctly last week has not been functioning since the PC was booted today. All other PC functions are working properly. What are three things a service technician should do to solve the problem? (Choose three.)
*Use the testing functionality on the peripheral itself, if available.
*Verify that all cables are connected properly.
Disconnect all cables connected to the computer except those connected to the peripheral.
*Ensure that the peripheral is powered on.
Disconnect the peripheral and verify that the computer is operating normally.
Reload the computer operating system.
18. Which two steps should be performed when installing a peripheral device? (Choose two.)
*Download and install the most current driver.
Connect the peripheral using any cable and any available port on the computer.
*Connect the peripheral using an appropriate cable or wireless connection.
Test the peripheral on another machine before installing it on the one where it will be used.
Check the computer documentation to see if the peripheral vendor is compatible with the PC vendor.
19. How is a server different from a workstation computer?
The server works as a standalone computer.
*The server provides services to clients.
The workstation has fewer applications installed.
The workstation has more users who attach to it.
Diposkan
oleh computerdi 22:160 komentar
FINAL
CCNA2 VERSI 3
1. What is a characteristic of a scalable network?
100% uptime
redundant links
*easy expansion
multiple backup devices
2. In an IPv4 environment, what information is used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to another?
*destination network address
source network address
source MAC address
well known port destination address
3. When a router learns two paths to the same destination network, which two factors determine the path that will be included in the routing table? (Choose two.)
*route metric
the MAC address of the neighboring router
the source IP address in data packets
the IP address of the next hop router
*administrative distance
4. What needs to be configured on a router to ensure that when the router receives a packet with an unknown destination, the router will forward it to the next hop?
*a default route
a directly connected route
a dynamically updated route
a static route to the destination network
5. What routing protocol would be appropriate to use for exchanging routes between ISPs?
RIPv2
*BGP
OSPF
EIGRP
6. Wireless radio waves are associated with which layer of the OSI model?
*Layer 1
Layer 2
Layer 3
Layer 4
Layer 5
Layer 6
Layer 7
7. What happens when a segment is encapsulated into a packet?
Data is converted to bits for transmission.
The destination port number is specified.
*A header with logical addresses is added.
A session with a destination is established.
8. Refer to the exhibit. Hosts that belong to the IT department use 10.10.55.33/27 as a default gateway. Where can this IP address be located in the network?
A
B
C
*D
E
F
9. A network administrator wants to configure six subnets for a Class C network. Which subnet mask will support the maximum number of hosts on each subnet?
255.255.255.248
255.255.255.240
*255.255.255.224
255.255.255.192
10. Which two subnet masks can be used when subnetting a Class A IP address? (Choose two.)
255.0.0.0
240.0.0.0
224.0.0.0
*255.255.0.0
*255.255.255.0
11. A user is attempting to do an http://www.cisco.com/ without success. Which two configuration values must be set on the host to allow this access? (Choose two.)
*DNS server
WINS server
HTTP server
*default gateway
Netbios
12. Refer to the exhibit. What two addresses are the broadcast addresses for network A and network B? (Choose two.)
Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.32
*Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.47
Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.15
*Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.207
Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.240
Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.192
13. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting the serial connection between R1 and R2. There is no communication between R1 and R2. Based on the output of the show ip interface brief command, what is the cause of the problem?
*There is a misconfiguration of IP addresses.
There is a mismatch of encapsulation methods.
The no shutdown command should be issued on R2.
The routing protocols are not compatible.
14. Refer to the exhibit. Host H1 is sending a datagram to host H2 across the Internet. NAT will be configured on RTRC. Which address is considered the inside local address?
10.1.1.1
*10.1.1.6
209.165.201.2
209.165.201.17
209.165.200.226
15. Refer to the exhibit. What two facts can be determined from the output of the show ip protocols command? (Choose two.)
*The routing protocol in use on RTA is RIPv1.
RTA is directly connected to four neighbor routers.
*The administrative distance of the routing protocol is 120.
RTA will receive the next update from its neighbor in 30 seconds.
The routing protocol is only sending updates out the serial interface.
16. How does a switch interface that uses sticky port security handle MAC addresses?
The addresses are configured manually and are saved in the running configuration.
They are configured manually and are not saved in the running configuration.
*They are configured dynamically and are saved in the running configuration.
They are configured dynamically and are not saved in the running configuration.
17. Which statement best describes the operation of a Layer 2 switch?
functions at the network layer of the OSI model
forwards traffic from one local IP network to another
*directs traffic from one port to another based on the destination MAC address
dynamically creates a forwarding table that maps IP addresses to MAC addresses
18. To manage a Cisco switch using Telnet, where would the management IP address be configured on the switch?
*VLAN 1 interface
first vty port
first trunk port
console port
FastEthernet 0/1 interface
19. Refer to the exhibit. A ping 192.168.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What two events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)
The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.
Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.
The router will send a TCP acknowledgment message to workstation A.
Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to the router.
*Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
*Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
20. A tracert command is run on a host to determine if another host can be reached across a network. Which two events will occur if connectivity with the other host is unsuccessful? (Choose two.)
*The command will display all the successful hops a packet makes before it is lost.
The command will calculate the time between successful and unsuccessful packets.
The host on which the command is run will send a UDP request message to the other host.
*The command helps to determine where a packet was lost on the path from the source to the destination.
All hops between the two hosts display !!!!! to signify success.
21. Which protocol allows secure in-band management so that a network administrator can monitor and configure network devices without fear of any passwords being compromised?
*SSH
HTTP
SNMP
Telnet
22. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is unable to ping H1 from the router and is checking the cabling along the network. Which segment is incorrectly cabled?
Segment A
Segment B
Segment C
*Segment D
23. When does a router enter the setup mode?
when the Cisco IOS is missing in flash
*when the configuration is missing in NVRAM
when the setup command is run from the user mode
when the boot system command is missing in the configuration
24. Which two commands ensure that any password that permits access to the privileged EXEC mode is not shown in plain text when the configuration files are displayed? (Choose two.)
*Router(config)# enable secret cisco
Router(config)# enable cisco
Router(config)# encryption-password all
Router(config)# enable login encrypted
Router(config)# enable password encryption
*Router(config)# service password-encryption
25. What is the effect of issuing the hostname RouterA command on a router?
A description will be configured on the router interfaces identifying them as belonging to RouterA.
The router will attempt to establish a connection to the host with the name RouterA.
The router will map an IP address to the domain name RouterA.
*The router prompt will change from Router(config)# to RouterA(config)#
26. Refer to the exhibit. What is the possible reason that a technician is unable to telnet into the HQ router and make configuration changes?
*A password is required for vty 0.
A password for line con 0 is required.
All five virtual interfaces must be configured before Telnet is possible.
The service password-encryption command is preventing Telnet access.
27. Refer to the exhibit. Which type of link is supported by this interface module?
LAN
*WAN
WLAN
VLAN
28. Refer to the exhibit. While configuring the serial interface of a router, the network administrator sees the highlighted error message. What is the reason for this?
The serial interface is administratively down.
The serial interface is already configured with an IP address.
*The network administrator has attempted to configure the serial interface with a broadcast address.
The same IP address has been configured on another interface.
29. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator has added a route by using the ip route 10.13.13.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.1 command on R1. Hosts on the 10.12.12.0 network cannot communicate with hosts on the 10.13.13.0 network. What is the reason for this?
The gateway of last resort is not set.
The destination prefix mask is incorrectly configured.
The routing protocol has not been configured on R1.
*The static route has not been configured correctly.
30. A network administrator is planning new cable installations for an automated manufacturing facility. The cabling solution must be scalable and function reliably in an environment subject to electromagnetic interference. Which two cable solutions should the administrator consider? (Choose two.)
*STP
UTP
coaxial
*fiber optic
wireless
31. In a structured cable system, which term describes the cable that connects the wall jack in the user work area to the patch panel in the wiring closet?
patch cable
vertical cable
*horizontal cable
backbone cable
32. What should be the first step in a structured cable project?
Locate all sources of EMI.
*Obtain an accurate floor plan.
Identify the network backbone.
Design efficient cable management systems.
33. What can be gained by using a caching-only DNS server?
The DNS server will use more WAN bandwidth.
The DNS server will only answer recursive queries.
The DNS server will be authoritative for only one zone.
*The DNS server will resolve most queries more quickly.
34. Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe the data conversation shown? (Choose two.)
*The data conversation was started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
The data conversation is identified by TCP port 80 on the client.
The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.
The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43.
*The Internet server will send data to port 8547 on the client.
35. Which statement describes a feature of TCP?
It provides low overhead data delivery.
*It acknowledges the receipt of packets.
It does not provide error checking.
It is a connectionless protocol.
36. Which application can be delivered using UDP?
FTP
*DNS
HTTP
SMTP
37. Which statement is correct about passive data connections in the FTP protocol?
The server initiates the data transfer connection.
*The server forwards its IP address and a random port number to the FTP client through the control stream.
The firewalls do not permit passive data connections to hosts that are located within the network.
The client forwards data to port 21 of the server.
38. A hacker attempts to reach confidential information that is stored on a server inside the corporate network. A network security solution inspects the entire packet, determines that it is a threat, and blocks the packet from entering the inside network. Which security measure protected the network?
an IDS
*an IPS
a host-based firewall
Anti-X software
39. For the assignment of permissions to files and folders, what does the "principle of least privilege" imply?
No user has more privileges than any other user.
Permissions to files are given based on seniority.
*Users only have access to resources that are necessary for their jobs.
Users should be given no access to computer resources until they ask.
40. Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured to connect to the headquarters router?
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.19 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.25 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.33 255.255.255.240
*branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
41. What is the default encapsulation for serial interfaces on Cisco routers?
PPP
SLIP
*HDLC
Frame Relay
42. A large company wants to ensure its connection to a remote branch office. The connection must be able to support equally high upstream and downstream traffic. The service provider must also provide an SLA with a guarantee of specific uptime and security. What type of connection best suits the needs of the company?
DSL connection
cable connection
dialup connection
*point-to-point leased line connection
43. Refer to the exhibit. The Transfer > Capture Text feature available through HyperTerminal has been used to capture the running configuration on a router. The startup-configuration has been erased from the router followed by the issuing of the reload command. The startup-config is restored by using the captured file, but all interfaces on the router are shown as administratively down. What could cause this problem?
The enable password was incorrectly entered.
The configuration register was not set to 0x2142.
The enable secret password was incorrectly entered.
*The no shutdown command must be entered under each interface section in the file being sent.
The captured file should have restored the running configuration not the startup configuration.
44. The IT department of a company implements a backup plan which includes a daily backup on Monday through Saturday. Only files that were modified during each day are backed up. Which backup method is being used?
full backup
normal backup
differential backup
*incremental backup
45. Which statement correctly describes an SLA?
It lists the terms of the agreement between the user and the manufacturer of the system.
*It outlines the management, monitoring, and maintenance of a network.
It specifies the software and hardware configurations of a system.
It describes the operation of a system.
1. What is a characteristic of a scalable network?
100% uptime
redundant links
*easy expansion
multiple backup devices
2. In an IPv4 environment, what information is used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to another?
*destination network address
source network address
source MAC address
well known port destination address
3. When a router learns two paths to the same destination network, which two factors determine the path that will be included in the routing table? (Choose two.)
*route metric
the MAC address of the neighboring router
the source IP address in data packets
the IP address of the next hop router
*administrative distance
4. What needs to be configured on a router to ensure that when the router receives a packet with an unknown destination, the router will forward it to the next hop?
*a default route
a directly connected route
a dynamically updated route
a static route to the destination network
5. What routing protocol would be appropriate to use for exchanging routes between ISPs?
RIPv2
*BGP
OSPF
EIGRP
6. Wireless radio waves are associated with which layer of the OSI model?
*Layer 1
Layer 2
Layer 3
Layer 4
Layer 5
Layer 6
Layer 7
7. What happens when a segment is encapsulated into a packet?
Data is converted to bits for transmission.
The destination port number is specified.
*A header with logical addresses is added.
A session with a destination is established.
8. Refer to the exhibit. Hosts that belong to the IT department use 10.10.55.33/27 as a default gateway. Where can this IP address be located in the network?
A
B
C
*D
E
F
9. A network administrator wants to configure six subnets for a Class C network. Which subnet mask will support the maximum number of hosts on each subnet?
255.255.255.248
255.255.255.240
*255.255.255.224
255.255.255.192
10. Which two subnet masks can be used when subnetting a Class A IP address? (Choose two.)
255.0.0.0
240.0.0.0
224.0.0.0
*255.255.0.0
*255.255.255.0
11. A user is attempting to do an http://www.cisco.com/ without success. Which two configuration values must be set on the host to allow this access? (Choose two.)
*DNS server
WINS server
HTTP server
*default gateway
Netbios
12. Refer to the exhibit. What two addresses are the broadcast addresses for network A and network B? (Choose two.)
Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.32
*Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.47
Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.15
*Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.207
Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.240
Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.192
13. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting the serial connection between R1 and R2. There is no communication between R1 and R2. Based on the output of the show ip interface brief command, what is the cause of the problem?
*There is a misconfiguration of IP addresses.
There is a mismatch of encapsulation methods.
The no shutdown command should be issued on R2.
The routing protocols are not compatible.
14. Refer to the exhibit. Host H1 is sending a datagram to host H2 across the Internet. NAT will be configured on RTRC. Which address is considered the inside local address?
10.1.1.1
*10.1.1.6
209.165.201.2
209.165.201.17
209.165.200.226
15. Refer to the exhibit. What two facts can be determined from the output of the show ip protocols command? (Choose two.)
*The routing protocol in use on RTA is RIPv1.
RTA is directly connected to four neighbor routers.
*The administrative distance of the routing protocol is 120.
RTA will receive the next update from its neighbor in 30 seconds.
The routing protocol is only sending updates out the serial interface.
16. How does a switch interface that uses sticky port security handle MAC addresses?
The addresses are configured manually and are saved in the running configuration.
They are configured manually and are not saved in the running configuration.
*They are configured dynamically and are saved in the running configuration.
They are configured dynamically and are not saved in the running configuration.
17. Which statement best describes the operation of a Layer 2 switch?
functions at the network layer of the OSI model
forwards traffic from one local IP network to another
*directs traffic from one port to another based on the destination MAC address
dynamically creates a forwarding table that maps IP addresses to MAC addresses
18. To manage a Cisco switch using Telnet, where would the management IP address be configured on the switch?
*VLAN 1 interface
first vty port
first trunk port
console port
FastEthernet 0/1 interface
19. Refer to the exhibit. A ping 192.168.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What two events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)
The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.
Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.
The router will send a TCP acknowledgment message to workstation A.
Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to the router.
*Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
*Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
20. A tracert command is run on a host to determine if another host can be reached across a network. Which two events will occur if connectivity with the other host is unsuccessful? (Choose two.)
*The command will display all the successful hops a packet makes before it is lost.
The command will calculate the time between successful and unsuccessful packets.
The host on which the command is run will send a UDP request message to the other host.
*The command helps to determine where a packet was lost on the path from the source to the destination.
All hops between the two hosts display !!!!! to signify success.
21. Which protocol allows secure in-band management so that a network administrator can monitor and configure network devices without fear of any passwords being compromised?
*SSH
HTTP
SNMP
Telnet
22. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is unable to ping H1 from the router and is checking the cabling along the network. Which segment is incorrectly cabled?
Segment A
Segment B
Segment C
*Segment D
23. When does a router enter the setup mode?
when the Cisco IOS is missing in flash
*when the configuration is missing in NVRAM
when the setup command is run from the user mode
when the boot system command is missing in the configuration
24. Which two commands ensure that any password that permits access to the privileged EXEC mode is not shown in plain text when the configuration files are displayed? (Choose two.)
*Router(config)# enable secret cisco
Router(config)# enable cisco
Router(config)# encryption-password all
Router(config)# enable login encrypted
Router(config)# enable password encryption
*Router(config)# service password-encryption
25. What is the effect of issuing the hostname RouterA command on a router?
A description will be configured on the router interfaces identifying them as belonging to RouterA.
The router will attempt to establish a connection to the host with the name RouterA.
The router will map an IP address to the domain name RouterA.
*The router prompt will change from Router(config)# to RouterA(config)#
26. Refer to the exhibit. What is the possible reason that a technician is unable to telnet into the HQ router and make configuration changes?
*A password is required for vty 0.
A password for line con 0 is required.
All five virtual interfaces must be configured before Telnet is possible.
The service password-encryption command is preventing Telnet access.
27. Refer to the exhibit. Which type of link is supported by this interface module?
LAN
*WAN
WLAN
VLAN
28. Refer to the exhibit. While configuring the serial interface of a router, the network administrator sees the highlighted error message. What is the reason for this?
The serial interface is administratively down.
The serial interface is already configured with an IP address.
*The network administrator has attempted to configure the serial interface with a broadcast address.
The same IP address has been configured on another interface.
29. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator has added a route by using the ip route 10.13.13.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.1 command on R1. Hosts on the 10.12.12.0 network cannot communicate with hosts on the 10.13.13.0 network. What is the reason for this?
The gateway of last resort is not set.
The destination prefix mask is incorrectly configured.
The routing protocol has not been configured on R1.
*The static route has not been configured correctly.
30. A network administrator is planning new cable installations for an automated manufacturing facility. The cabling solution must be scalable and function reliably in an environment subject to electromagnetic interference. Which two cable solutions should the administrator consider? (Choose two.)
*STP
UTP
coaxial
*fiber optic
wireless
31. In a structured cable system, which term describes the cable that connects the wall jack in the user work area to the patch panel in the wiring closet?
patch cable
vertical cable
*horizontal cable
backbone cable
32. What should be the first step in a structured cable project?
Locate all sources of EMI.
*Obtain an accurate floor plan.
Identify the network backbone.
Design efficient cable management systems.
33. What can be gained by using a caching-only DNS server?
The DNS server will use more WAN bandwidth.
The DNS server will only answer recursive queries.
The DNS server will be authoritative for only one zone.
*The DNS server will resolve most queries more quickly.
34. Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe the data conversation shown? (Choose two.)
*The data conversation was started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
The data conversation is identified by TCP port 80 on the client.
The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.
The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43.
*The Internet server will send data to port 8547 on the client.
35. Which statement describes a feature of TCP?
It provides low overhead data delivery.
*It acknowledges the receipt of packets.
It does not provide error checking.
It is a connectionless protocol.
36. Which application can be delivered using UDP?
FTP
*DNS
HTTP
SMTP
37. Which statement is correct about passive data connections in the FTP protocol?
The server initiates the data transfer connection.
*The server forwards its IP address and a random port number to the FTP client through the control stream.
The firewalls do not permit passive data connections to hosts that are located within the network.
The client forwards data to port 21 of the server.
38. A hacker attempts to reach confidential information that is stored on a server inside the corporate network. A network security solution inspects the entire packet, determines that it is a threat, and blocks the packet from entering the inside network. Which security measure protected the network?
an IDS
*an IPS
a host-based firewall
Anti-X software
39. For the assignment of permissions to files and folders, what does the "principle of least privilege" imply?
No user has more privileges than any other user.
Permissions to files are given based on seniority.
*Users only have access to resources that are necessary for their jobs.
Users should be given no access to computer resources until they ask.
40. Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured to connect to the headquarters router?
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.19 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.25 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.33 255.255.255.240
*branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
41. What is the default encapsulation for serial interfaces on Cisco routers?
PPP
SLIP
*HDLC
Frame Relay
42. A large company wants to ensure its connection to a remote branch office. The connection must be able to support equally high upstream and downstream traffic. The service provider must also provide an SLA with a guarantee of specific uptime and security. What type of connection best suits the needs of the company?
DSL connection
cable connection
dialup connection
*point-to-point leased line connection
43. Refer to the exhibit. The Transfer > Capture Text feature available through HyperTerminal has been used to capture the running configuration on a router. The startup-configuration has been erased from the router followed by the issuing of the reload command. The startup-config is restored by using the captured file, but all interfaces on the router are shown as administratively down. What could cause this problem?
The enable password was incorrectly entered.
The configuration register was not set to 0x2142.
The enable secret password was incorrectly entered.
*The no shutdown command must be entered under each interface section in the file being sent.
The captured file should have restored the running configuration not the startup configuration.
44. The IT department of a company implements a backup plan which includes a daily backup on Monday through Saturday. Only files that were modified during each day are backed up. Which backup method is being used?
full backup
normal backup
differential backup
*incremental backup
45. Which statement correctly describes an SLA?
It lists the terms of the agreement between the user and the manufacturer of the system.
*It outlines the management, monitoring, and maintenance of a network.
It specifies the software and hardware configurations of a system.
It describes the operation of a system.
Diposkan
oleh computerdi 21:570 komentar
FINAL
CCNA2 VERSI 2
1. What is the purpose of the routing process?
to encapsulate data that is used to communicate across a network
*to select the paths that are used to direct traffic to destination networks
to convert a URL name into an IP address
to provide secure Internet file transfer
to forward traffic on the basis of MAC addresses
2. Which service team in an ISP is responsible for determining if the new customer has hardware that will support the new WAN connection and if new WAN circuits need to be installed?
customer service
onsite installation
*planning and provisioning
network operations center
3. Which statement describes a route that has been learned dynamically?
*It is automatically updated and maintained by routing protocols.
It is unaffected by changes in the topology of the network.
It has an administrative distance of 1.
It is identified by the prefix C in the routing table.
4. What needs to be configured on a router to ensure that when the router receives a packet with an unknown destination, the router will forward it to the next hop?
*a default route
a directly connected route
a dynamically updated route
a static route to the destination network
5. Which routing protocol facilitates the exchange of routing information between different autonomous systems?
OSPF
EIGRP
RIP
*BGP
6. Which routing protocol excludes the subnet information from routing updates?
EIGRP
OSPF
*RIPv1
BGP
7. Why is the OSI model useful in network design and assessment?
It combines specific networking tasks into a complex format.
It defines the four lower layers, which standardize applications supported within the model.
It is used during troubleshooting to focus on the entire networking process instead of a single layer.
*It divides networking communications into multiple processes that are smaller and more manageable.
8. Refer to the exhibit. Which three IP addresses could be assigned to the hosts? (Choose three.)
192.168.88.1
192.168.88.8
*192.168.88.9
*192.168.88.12
*192.168.88.14
192.168.88.15
192.168.88.16
192.168.88.18
9. A user is attempting to do an http://www.cisco.com/ without success. Which two configuration values must be set on the host to allow this access? (Choose two.)
*DNS server
WINS server
HTTP server
*default gateway
Netbios
10. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator must set up a network with two subnets. In network A, the network administrator selects the network address 192.168.1.128/26. Which address combination should the administrator select in network B to accommodate the same number of hosts as in network A?
192.168.1.32 255.255.255.128
192.168.1.0 255.255.255.224
*192.168.1.64 255.255.255.192
192.168.1.192 255.255.255.128
11. How many host addresses may be assigned on each subnetwork when using the 130.68.0.0 network address with a subnet mask of 255.255.248.0?
30
256
*2046
2048
4094
4096
12. Refer to the exhibit. What two addresses are the broadcast addresses for network A and network B? (Choose two.)
Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.32
*Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.47
Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.15
*Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.207
Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.240
Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.192
13. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting the serial connection between R1 and R2. There is no communication between R1 and R2. Based on the output of the show ip interface brief command, what is the cause of the problem?
*There is a misconfiguration of IP addresses.
There is a mismatch of encapsulation methods.
The no shutdown command should be issued on R2.
The routing protocols are not compatible.
14. What is a feature of PAT?
It maps IP addresses to URLs.
It displays private IP addresses to public networks.
It sends acknowledgments of received packets.
*It allows multiple hosts on a single LAN to share globally unique IP addresses.
15. Refer to the exhibit. The PC tries to ping router B at 192.168.2.2, but the ping fails. What is the problem?
*The address of the PC is on the wrong subnet.
The subnet mask of the PC should be 255.255.255.0.
The default gateway should be 192.168.2.1.
The DNS server is incorrect.
16.The show ip route command was executed on one of the routers shown in the graphic and the following output was displayed:
C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0
R 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0
R 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1
From which router was this command executed?
A
B
*C
D
17. Refer to the exhibit. R1 and R2 are configured with the commands that are displayed. All interfaces are properly configured, but neither router is receiving routing updates. What two things can be done to solve the problem? (Choose two.)
*Configure the routing protocol on R1 for network 10.0.0.0.
*Configure the routing protocol on R2 for network 10.0.0.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R1 for network 192.168.4.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R1 for network 192.168.2.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R2 for network 192.168.1.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R2 for network 192.168.3.0.
18. Refer to the exhibit. Static routes have been configured on all routers in the network. PC2 can communicate with PC1 but not with PC3. What should be done to remedy the problem?
Reconfigure the first static route with the exit interface S0/0/0.
*Reconfigure the second static route with the exit interface S0/0/1.
Reconfigure the first static route with the next hop address 172.16.3.1.
Reconfigure the second static route with the next hop address 172.16.3.1.
19. Refer to the exhibit. A technician has been assigned to configure RIPv2 as a routing protocol on the network. Users who are connected to the LAN network on router R3 can ping both S0/0/0 and S0/0/1 interfaces on R1 but are not able to ping the LAN network that is attached to R1. What could be the possible cause of the problem?
The version 2 command was not issued when RIP was configured on router R1.
The ip address command was not issued when interfaces S0/0/0 and S0/0/1 were configured on router R1.
The no shutdown command was not issued when interfaces S0/0/0 and S0/0/1 were configured on router R1.
*The network 172.16.10.0 command was not issued when RIP was configured on router R1.
The no auto-summary command is required on router R1.
20. Different hosts connect to the same switch port at different times. If the switch port is configured with dynamic port security, how does it process the MAC addresses?
The addresses are manually assigned with the use of the switchport command.
*The addresses are dynamically learned and stored in the address table.
The addresses are dynamically configured and saved in the running configuration.
The addresses are stored in the address table and added to the running configuration.
21. Refer to the exhibit. A ping 192.168.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What two events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)
The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.
Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.
The router will send a TCP acknowledgment message to workstation A.
Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to the router.
*Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
*Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
22. Refer to the exhibit. What two conclusions can be drawn about router RTB? (Choose two.)
The router is connected to a router named Boise.
*Router RTB is connected to a Cisco 1841 router.
Router RTB is directly connected to two other routers.
*The IP address of the router interface that is connected to router RTB is 192.168.2.6.
The RTB router is connected to two Cisco devices by FastEthernet links.
23. If the configuration register is currently set to 0x2102, what is the first action that a router will take after the bootstrap program loads successfully?
*load the IOS from flash
load the IOS from NVRAM
load the IOS from the TFTP server
load the startup configuration file from flash
load the startup configuration file from NVRAM
load the startup configuration file from the TFTP server
24. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is unable to ping H1 from the router and is checking the cabling along the network. Which segment is incorrectly cabled?
Segment A
Segment B
Segment C
*Segment D
25. Refer to the exhibit. A user who is connected to RTA is trying to telnet to RTB, but the connection is failing. Based on the output of the show running-config command on router RTB, why is the Telnet session failing?
Telnet has not been configured on the console line.
The login command has not been issued on the console line.
*No password has been configured on the VTY lines.
A session limit has not been configured for Telnet.
26. Refer to the exhibit. What will be the effect of the configuration commands if entered on R2?
In-band management access to R2 is configured.
*The user will be able to console into R2 using the password cisco.
The user will be able to telnet into R2 by using the password cisco.
Secure access to R2 for router management via SSH is configured.
27. An administrator wishes to protect a router by encrypting the console access password noaccess. Which command should be used?
Router(config)# enable secret noaccess
Router(config)# enable password noaccess
Router(config-line)# password noaccess
*Router(config)# service password-encryption
28. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator needs to configure the Fa0/0 interface of RTB so that hosts from RTA can connect to the server that is attached to RTB. Which two commands will the administrator use to accomplish this task? (Choose two.)
RTB# ip address 192.168.102.98 255.255.255.248
RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.99 255.255.255.252
RTB(config)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252
RTB(config)# no shutdown
*RTB(config-if)# no shutdown
*RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252
29. Refer to the exhibit. While configuring the serial interface of a router, the network administrator sees the highlighted error message. What is the reason for this?
The serial interface is administratively down.
The serial interface is already configured with an IP address.
*The network administrator has attempted to configure the serial interface with a broadcast address.
The same IP address has been configured on another interface.
30. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator of the building in the graphic needs to choose the type of cable best suited to add ServerB to the network. Which cable type is the best choice?
STP
UTP
coaxial
*fiber optic
31. In a structured cable system, which term describes the cable that connects the wall jack in the user work area to the patch panel in the wiring closet?
patch cable
vertical cable
*horizontal cable
backbone cable
32. What is the maximum unrepeated distance set by industry standards for UTP cable?
10 meters
75 meters
*100 meters
325 meters
33. Which statement is true about the reverse lookup DNS zone?
It is most commonly experienced when users are surfing the Internet.
It is the backup for the forward lookup zone.
It dynamically updates the resource records.
*It resolves an IP address to a fully qualified domain name.
34. Which statement describes a feature of TCP?
It provides low overhead data delivery.
*It acknowledges the receipt of packets.
It does not provide error checking.
It is a connectionless protocol.
35. Which transport layer protocol will allow segments to be exchanged between two hosts with low overhead and no mechanism for retransmission?
IP
FTP
TCP
*UDP
SMTP
36. A company is developing an Internet store for its website. Which protocol should be used to transfer credit card information from customers to the company web server?
FTPS
HTTP
*HTTPS
WEP2
TFTP
37. Which statement is correct about the proxy support that is offered by the HTTP protocol?
It allows clients to make direct network connections to other network services.
*It filters unsuitable web content.
It reduces the speed of the network.
It encrypts the data that is being transmitted.
38. In the URL http://dev.cisco.com/wwwdocs/procedures.htm, what is identified by wwwdocs?
the server name where the resource is located
the protocol that is used for the resource request
the domain name of the server that is being accessed
*the folder where the requested resource is stored
39. A network administrator must access a remote Linux server at the branch office to troubleshoot a web service configuration issue. Which secure protocol would be used?
DNS
FTP
HTTPS
SMTP
*SSH
Telnet
40. When customers use credit cards to make purchases at a small business, a modem is heard dialing a telephone number to transfer the transaction data to the central office. What type of WAN serial connection is in use?
leased line
packet switched
*circuit switched
point-to-point
41. Which technology is used for WAN connections and delivers up to 1.544 Mb/s of symmetrical bandwidth?
DSL
dialup
* line
T3 line
42. Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured to connect to the headquarters router?
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.19 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.25 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.33 255.255.255.240
*branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
43. The command copy tftp running-config has been entered on the router. What will this command do?
copy the configuration in RAM to a server
*copy the configuration file from a server to RAM
copy the configuration file in NVRAM to RAM
copy the configuration file in NVRAM to a server
copy the configuration file from a server to NVRAM
44. A company functions from Monday to Friday each week. Their backup strategy calls for full backups each Friday night, with differential backups on all other weekday nights. If an administrator is asked to restore a server hard drive to its Wednesday morning state, how many backups must be used?
1
*2
3
4
45. What is a characteristic of Syslog?
It requires users to prove their identity with the use of a username and password before users can access network resources.
It listens to network traffic and sends an alert to a management station to track which applications are used and the length of time for which they are used.
*It enables devices to send information to a daemon that runs on a management station.
It provides users the rights to access specific resources and perform specific tasks.
1. What is the purpose of the routing process?
to encapsulate data that is used to communicate across a network
*to select the paths that are used to direct traffic to destination networks
to convert a URL name into an IP address
to provide secure Internet file transfer
to forward traffic on the basis of MAC addresses
2. Which service team in an ISP is responsible for determining if the new customer has hardware that will support the new WAN connection and if new WAN circuits need to be installed?
customer service
onsite installation
*planning and provisioning
network operations center
3. Which statement describes a route that has been learned dynamically?
*It is automatically updated and maintained by routing protocols.
It is unaffected by changes in the topology of the network.
It has an administrative distance of 1.
It is identified by the prefix C in the routing table.
4. What needs to be configured on a router to ensure that when the router receives a packet with an unknown destination, the router will forward it to the next hop?
*a default route
a directly connected route
a dynamically updated route
a static route to the destination network
5. Which routing protocol facilitates the exchange of routing information between different autonomous systems?
OSPF
EIGRP
RIP
*BGP
6. Which routing protocol excludes the subnet information from routing updates?
EIGRP
OSPF
*RIPv1
BGP
7. Why is the OSI model useful in network design and assessment?
It combines specific networking tasks into a complex format.
It defines the four lower layers, which standardize applications supported within the model.
It is used during troubleshooting to focus on the entire networking process instead of a single layer.
*It divides networking communications into multiple processes that are smaller and more manageable.
8. Refer to the exhibit. Which three IP addresses could be assigned to the hosts? (Choose three.)
192.168.88.1
192.168.88.8
*192.168.88.9
*192.168.88.12
*192.168.88.14
192.168.88.15
192.168.88.16
192.168.88.18
9. A user is attempting to do an http://www.cisco.com/ without success. Which two configuration values must be set on the host to allow this access? (Choose two.)
*DNS server
WINS server
HTTP server
*default gateway
Netbios
10. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator must set up a network with two subnets. In network A, the network administrator selects the network address 192.168.1.128/26. Which address combination should the administrator select in network B to accommodate the same number of hosts as in network A?
192.168.1.32 255.255.255.128
192.168.1.0 255.255.255.224
*192.168.1.64 255.255.255.192
192.168.1.192 255.255.255.128
11. How many host addresses may be assigned on each subnetwork when using the 130.68.0.0 network address with a subnet mask of 255.255.248.0?
30
256
*2046
2048
4094
4096
12. Refer to the exhibit. What two addresses are the broadcast addresses for network A and network B? (Choose two.)
Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.32
*Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.47
Network A broadcast address 192.168.1.15
*Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.207
Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.240
Network B broadcast address 192.168.1.192
13. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting the serial connection between R1 and R2. There is no communication between R1 and R2. Based on the output of the show ip interface brief command, what is the cause of the problem?
*There is a misconfiguration of IP addresses.
There is a mismatch of encapsulation methods.
The no shutdown command should be issued on R2.
The routing protocols are not compatible.
14. What is a feature of PAT?
It maps IP addresses to URLs.
It displays private IP addresses to public networks.
It sends acknowledgments of received packets.
*It allows multiple hosts on a single LAN to share globally unique IP addresses.
15. Refer to the exhibit. The PC tries to ping router B at 192.168.2.2, but the ping fails. What is the problem?
*The address of the PC is on the wrong subnet.
The subnet mask of the PC should be 255.255.255.0.
The default gateway should be 192.168.2.1.
The DNS server is incorrect.
16.The show ip route command was executed on one of the routers shown in the graphic and the following output was displayed:
C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0
R 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0
R 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1
From which router was this command executed?
A
B
*C
D
17. Refer to the exhibit. R1 and R2 are configured with the commands that are displayed. All interfaces are properly configured, but neither router is receiving routing updates. What two things can be done to solve the problem? (Choose two.)
*Configure the routing protocol on R1 for network 10.0.0.0.
*Configure the routing protocol on R2 for network 10.0.0.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R1 for network 192.168.4.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R1 for network 192.168.2.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R2 for network 192.168.1.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R2 for network 192.168.3.0.
18. Refer to the exhibit. Static routes have been configured on all routers in the network. PC2 can communicate with PC1 but not with PC3. What should be done to remedy the problem?
Reconfigure the first static route with the exit interface S0/0/0.
*Reconfigure the second static route with the exit interface S0/0/1.
Reconfigure the first static route with the next hop address 172.16.3.1.
Reconfigure the second static route with the next hop address 172.16.3.1.
19. Refer to the exhibit. A technician has been assigned to configure RIPv2 as a routing protocol on the network. Users who are connected to the LAN network on router R3 can ping both S0/0/0 and S0/0/1 interfaces on R1 but are not able to ping the LAN network that is attached to R1. What could be the possible cause of the problem?
The version 2 command was not issued when RIP was configured on router R1.
The ip address command was not issued when interfaces S0/0/0 and S0/0/1 were configured on router R1.
The no shutdown command was not issued when interfaces S0/0/0 and S0/0/1 were configured on router R1.
*The network 172.16.10.0 command was not issued when RIP was configured on router R1.
The no auto-summary command is required on router R1.
20. Different hosts connect to the same switch port at different times. If the switch port is configured with dynamic port security, how does it process the MAC addresses?
The addresses are manually assigned with the use of the switchport command.
*The addresses are dynamically learned and stored in the address table.
The addresses are dynamically configured and saved in the running configuration.
The addresses are stored in the address table and added to the running configuration.
21. Refer to the exhibit. A ping 192.168.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What two events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)
The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.
Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.
The router will send a TCP acknowledgment message to workstation A.
Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to the router.
*Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
*Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
22. Refer to the exhibit. What two conclusions can be drawn about router RTB? (Choose two.)
The router is connected to a router named Boise.
*Router RTB is connected to a Cisco 1841 router.
Router RTB is directly connected to two other routers.
*The IP address of the router interface that is connected to router RTB is 192.168.2.6.
The RTB router is connected to two Cisco devices by FastEthernet links.
23. If the configuration register is currently set to 0x2102, what is the first action that a router will take after the bootstrap program loads successfully?
*load the IOS from flash
load the IOS from NVRAM
load the IOS from the TFTP server
load the startup configuration file from flash
load the startup configuration file from NVRAM
load the startup configuration file from the TFTP server
24. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is unable to ping H1 from the router and is checking the cabling along the network. Which segment is incorrectly cabled?
Segment A
Segment B
Segment C
*Segment D
25. Refer to the exhibit. A user who is connected to RTA is trying to telnet to RTB, but the connection is failing. Based on the output of the show running-config command on router RTB, why is the Telnet session failing?
Telnet has not been configured on the console line.
The login command has not been issued on the console line.
*No password has been configured on the VTY lines.
A session limit has not been configured for Telnet.
26. Refer to the exhibit. What will be the effect of the configuration commands if entered on R2?
In-band management access to R2 is configured.
*The user will be able to console into R2 using the password cisco.
The user will be able to telnet into R2 by using the password cisco.
Secure access to R2 for router management via SSH is configured.
27. An administrator wishes to protect a router by encrypting the console access password noaccess. Which command should be used?
Router(config)# enable secret noaccess
Router(config)# enable password noaccess
Router(config-line)# password noaccess
*Router(config)# service password-encryption
28. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator needs to configure the Fa0/0 interface of RTB so that hosts from RTA can connect to the server that is attached to RTB. Which two commands will the administrator use to accomplish this task? (Choose two.)
RTB# ip address 192.168.102.98 255.255.255.248
RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.99 255.255.255.252
RTB(config)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252
RTB(config)# no shutdown
*RTB(config-if)# no shutdown
*RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252
29. Refer to the exhibit. While configuring the serial interface of a router, the network administrator sees the highlighted error message. What is the reason for this?
The serial interface is administratively down.
The serial interface is already configured with an IP address.
*The network administrator has attempted to configure the serial interface with a broadcast address.
The same IP address has been configured on another interface.
30. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator of the building in the graphic needs to choose the type of cable best suited to add ServerB to the network. Which cable type is the best choice?
STP
UTP
coaxial
*fiber optic
31. In a structured cable system, which term describes the cable that connects the wall jack in the user work area to the patch panel in the wiring closet?
patch cable
vertical cable
*horizontal cable
backbone cable
32. What is the maximum unrepeated distance set by industry standards for UTP cable?
10 meters
75 meters
*100 meters
325 meters
33. Which statement is true about the reverse lookup DNS zone?
It is most commonly experienced when users are surfing the Internet.
It is the backup for the forward lookup zone.
It dynamically updates the resource records.
*It resolves an IP address to a fully qualified domain name.
34. Which statement describes a feature of TCP?
It provides low overhead data delivery.
*It acknowledges the receipt of packets.
It does not provide error checking.
It is a connectionless protocol.
35. Which transport layer protocol will allow segments to be exchanged between two hosts with low overhead and no mechanism for retransmission?
IP
FTP
TCP
*UDP
SMTP
36. A company is developing an Internet store for its website. Which protocol should be used to transfer credit card information from customers to the company web server?
FTPS
HTTP
*HTTPS
WEP2
TFTP
37. Which statement is correct about the proxy support that is offered by the HTTP protocol?
It allows clients to make direct network connections to other network services.
*It filters unsuitable web content.
It reduces the speed of the network.
It encrypts the data that is being transmitted.
38. In the URL http://dev.cisco.com/wwwdocs/procedures.htm, what is identified by wwwdocs?
the server name where the resource is located
the protocol that is used for the resource request
the domain name of the server that is being accessed
*the folder where the requested resource is stored
39. A network administrator must access a remote Linux server at the branch office to troubleshoot a web service configuration issue. Which secure protocol would be used?
DNS
FTP
HTTPS
SMTP
*SSH
Telnet
40. When customers use credit cards to make purchases at a small business, a modem is heard dialing a telephone number to transfer the transaction data to the central office. What type of WAN serial connection is in use?
leased line
packet switched
*circuit switched
point-to-point
41. Which technology is used for WAN connections and delivers up to 1.544 Mb/s of symmetrical bandwidth?
DSL
dialup
* line
T3 line
42. Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured to connect to the headquarters router?
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.19 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.25 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.33 255.255.255.240
*branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
43. The command copy tftp running-config has been entered on the router. What will this command do?
copy the configuration in RAM to a server
*copy the configuration file from a server to RAM
copy the configuration file in NVRAM to RAM
copy the configuration file in NVRAM to a server
copy the configuration file from a server to NVRAM
44. A company functions from Monday to Friday each week. Their backup strategy calls for full backups each Friday night, with differential backups on all other weekday nights. If an administrator is asked to restore a server hard drive to its Wednesday morning state, how many backups must be used?
1
*2
3
4
45. What is a characteristic of Syslog?
It requires users to prove their identity with the use of a username and password before users can access network resources.
It listens to network traffic and sends an alert to a management station to track which applications are used and the length of time for which they are used.
*It enables devices to send information to a daemon that runs on a management station.
It provides users the rights to access specific resources and perform specific tasks.
Diposkan
oleh computerdi 21:560 komentar
FINAL CCNA2 VERSI 1
1. What is a characteristic of a scalable network?
100% uptime
redundant links
*easy expansion
multiple backup devices
2. What is the primary function of the NOC at a large ISP?
installing equipment at a customer site
setting up customer accounts and passwords
*monitoring and testing customer network connections
entering customer requirements in an order-tracking database
3. What is used by a routing protocol to determine the best path to include in the routing table?
Convergence time
Default distance
*Metric
Type of router
4. In an IPv4 environment, what information is used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to another?
*destination network address
source network address
source MAC address
well known port destination address
5. Which statement describes a route that has been learned dynamically?
*It is automatically updated and maintained by routing protocols.
It is unaffected by changes in the topology of the network.
It has an administrative distance of 1.
It is identified by the prefix C in the routing table.
6. What routing protocol would be appropriate to use for exchanging routes between ISPs?
RIPv2
*BGP
OSPF
EIGRP
7. At which layer of the OSI model is the Ethernet family of technologies defined?
Layer 1
*Layer 2
Layer 3
Layer 4
Layer 5
Layer 6
Layer 7
8. Which two services are required to enable a computer to receive dynamic IP addresses and access the Internet using domain names? (Choose two.)
*DNS
WINS
HTTP
*DHCP
SMTP
9. Which combination of network address and subnet mask allows 62 hosts to be connected in a single subnet?
Network address 10.1.1.4 Subnet mask 255.255.255.240
Network address 10.1.1.0 Subnet mask 255.255.255.252
*Network address 10.1.1.0 Subnet mask 255.255.255.192
Network address 10.1.1.4 Subnet mask 255.255.255.248
10. Refer to the exhibit. Which subnet mask would accommodate the number of hosts shown for each subnetwork with the least amount of IP addresses wasted?
255.255.0.0
255.255.255.192
*255.255.255.224
255.255.255.240
255.255.255.248
11. Refer to the exhibit. Devices need to connect to the file server from remote networks. What method should be used to provide the file server with an IP address to allow these connections?
*static NAT
static PAT
dynamic NAT
dynamic PAT
12. While configuring PAT on a Cisco ISR, a network technician defines the IP address of the router interface that connects to the ISP. This address will be the translated address for all Internet traffic from inside hosts. What is this IP address called?
inside local address
*inside global address
outside local address
outside global address
13. What does the command RA(dhcp-config)# dns-server 10.10.64.221 10.10.64.222 accomplish?
allows RA to act as a DNS relay agent
allows RA to be configured as a DNS server
identifies the default gateway address that is used to reach the DNS servers
*enables DHCP clients to use the specified IP addresses as DNS servers
14. The show ip route command was executed on one of the routers shown in the graphic and the following output was displayed:
C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0
R 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0
R 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1
From which router was this command executed?
A
B
*C
D
15. Refer to the exhibit. R1 and R2 are configured with the commands that are displayed. All interfaces are properly configured, but neither router is receiving routing updates. What two things can be done to solve the problem? (Choose two.)
*Configure the routing protocol on R1 for network 10.0.0.0.
*Configure the routing protocol on R2 for network 10.0.0.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R1 for network 192.168.4.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R1 for network 192.168.2.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R2 for network 192.168.1.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R2 for network 192.168.3.0.
16. Refer to the exhibit. A NOC technician at an ISP enters the command c:\ping 209.165.201.7. What are two reasons to use this command? (Choose two.)
map the path to 209.165.201.7
*test reachability to 209.165.201.7
locate connectivity problems along the route to 209.165.201.7
identify ISPs that interconnect the NOC and remote host with IP 209.165.201.7
*measure the time that packets take to reach 209.165.201.7 and return to the technician's workstation
17. Refer to the exhibit. A ping 192.168.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What two events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)
The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.
Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.
The router will send a TCP acknowledgment message to workstation A.
Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to the router.
*Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
*Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
18. Refer to the exhibit. What does the highlighted value 120 represent?
the number of hops between the router and network 10.0.5.0
*the administrative distance of the routing protocol
the UDP port number that is used for forwarding traffic
the bandwidth that is allocated to the serial interface
19. Refer to the exhibit. If the show cdp neighbors command is issued on RTB, which devices will appear in the output if all devices use the Cisco IOS and have CDP enabled?
RTA, RTC
*RTA, RTC, Sw2
RTA, RTC, Sw1, Sw2, Sw3
RTA, RTC, Sw1, Sw2, Sw3, PC1, PC2
20. Which protocol allows secure in-band management so that a network administrator can monitor and configure network devices without fear of any passwords being compromised?
*SSH
HTTP
SNMP
Telnet
21. Which mode does a router enter when no configuration file is located in NVRAM?
ROMMON
*setup
global configuration
privileged exec
22. If the configuration register is currently set to 0x2102, what is the first action that a router will take after the bootstrap program loads successfully?
*load the IOS from flash
load the IOS from NVRAM
load the IOS from the TFTP server
load the startup configuration file from flash
load the startup configuration file from NVRAM
load the startup configuration file from the TFTP server
23. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is unable to ping H1 from the router and is checking the cabling along the network. Which segment is incorrectly cabled?
Segment A
Segment B
Segment C
*Segment D
24. Refer to the exhibit. Router R1 has been configured with the commands that are displayed. Which fact can be determined from the configuration?
*All passwords are encrypted.
The privileged EXEC mode password is “password1.”
The router can support four Telnet sessions simultaneously.
The router can be accessed from the console without using any password.
25. Refer to the exhibit. While configuring the serial interface of a router, the network administrator sees the highlighted error message. What is the reason for this?
The serial interface is administratively down.
The serial interface is already configured with an IP address.
*The network administrator has attempted to configure the serial interface with a broadcast address.
The same IP address has been configured on another interface.
26. Refer to the exhibit. A technician uses the SDM application to configure router R1. Which step should be taken by the technician to enable the Fa0/0 interface on R1 to participate on the connected local network?
Enable a DHCP server on the Fa0/0 LAN interface.
*Configure the appropriate IP address on the Fa0/0 interface.
Configure IP addresses for the primary and secondary DNS server.
Configure the starting and ending IP addresses for the DHCP pool but exclude the Fa0/0 IP address.
27. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator uses the command below to configure a default route on RTB:
RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 fa0/0
A ping issued from PC3 is successful to RTB. However, echo request packets arrive at PC1 but the echo replies do not make it back to PC3. What will fix this problem?
RTA must be configured to forward packets to the 192.168.2.0 network.
*The ip route command needs to be edited so that the next hop address is 10.1.1.5.
The ip route command needs to be edited so that the 192.168.2.1 address is the next hop address.
The ip route command should be removed from the RTB router configuration.
Another default route should be configured on RTA with a next hop address of 10.1.1.6.
28. Which type of cable may be used for backbone cabling between data centers that are located on different floors and that are separated by a distance of 1640 feet (500 meters)?
STP
UTP
coaxial
*fiber-optic
29. A network engineer is planning a new horizontal cable installation in an office building. What advantage would UTP cable have over fiber optic cable for this installation?
*lower installation costs
better protection from EMI
higher transmission speeds
longer unrepeated distance between endpoints
30. What is the maximum unrepeated distance set by industry standards for UTP cable?
10 meters
75 meters
*100 meters
325 meters
31. What are three features of the TCP protocol? (Choose three.)
*It provides retransmission of data packets if they are lost during transmission.
It is a connectionless protocol.
*It uses a three-way handshake between the sending and receiving systems to establish each conversation.
*It specifies how messages are reassembled at the destination host.
It requires only 8 bytes of overhead.
It breaks the data packet into datagrams.
32. A company is developing an Internet store for its website. Which protocol should be used to transfer credit card information from customers to the company web server?
FTPS
HTTP
*HTTPS
WEP2
TFTP
33. In the URL http://dev.cisco.com/wwwdocs/procedures.htm, what is identified by wwwdocs?
the server name where the resource is located
the protocol that is used for the resource request
the domain name of the server that is being accessed
*the folder where the requested resource is stored
34. A small company wishes to provide e-mail accounts for its users. For insurance reasons the company wants to ensure that proper mail retention policies are followed. The company wants to ensure that all e-mail is backed up regularly, but it does not want the users to have to perform this backup themselves. Which protocol would meet the needs of the company?
SSL
POP3
SMTP
*IMAP4
35. Which AAA process requires users to prove their identity with a username and password to gain access to a network?
accounting
authorization
*authentication
acknowledgment
36. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has an extra router and wishes to use it as shown to passively monitor network traffic. Which IOS feature should be implemented on router EXTRA?
ACLs
CDP
*IDS
IPS
37. Which networking service is used to provide name to IP address mapping?
*DNS
FTP
NAT
DHCP
38. What is an example of a dedicated point-to-point WAN link?
ISDN
Frame Relay
dialup
*T1/E1
39. A small tire retailer requires a low-cost WAN connection to its headquarters in order to manage its inventory and process customer sales in real time. Which WAN connection type is best suited to its needs?
SONET
T3
*DSL
leased line
40. Refer to the exhibit. Router Left is unable to ping router Right. The show interfaces serial 0/0/0 command indicates that the interface is up but the line protocol is down on both routers. Which action could be taken to establish connectivity between the two routers?
Configure S0/0/1 instead of S0/0/0 on router Right.
Enter the encapsulation hdlc command on router Right.
Contact the service provider to report that the circuit is down.
Contact the service provider to enable PPP on the WAN circuit.
*Enter the no encapsulation ppp command on router Left S0/0/0.
41. A network technician wants to restore a backup copy of the saved configuration file on a router from a TFTP server. After restoring the file from the TFTP server, the technician reloads the router and finds that it still has the old configuration file instead of the restored file. What could have caused this?
The technician entered the command delete flash: before reloading the router.
The technician entered the command boot system rom before reloading the router.
The technician entered the command erase startup-config before reloading the router.
*The technician failed to enter the command copy running-config startup-config before reloading the router.
42. A company functions from Monday to Friday each week. Their backup strategy calls for full backups each Friday night, with differential backups on all other weekday nights. If an administrator is asked to restore a server hard drive to its Wednesday morning state, how many backups must be used?
1
*2
3
4
43. A small company has contracted with its ISP for web hosting. Which two items would be included in the SLA for this service? (Choose two.)
*performance
web server cost
*(service availability
operating system on the web server
web server model and configuration
44. A building has experienced a power outage. When the power returns, none of the devices on one floor can access the Internet. The network administrator checks the switch in the IDF that these devices are connected to and notes that the SYST LED on the front of the switch is amber.
What is a possible cause of this problem?
The switch is functioning properly.
*The switch has failed POST.
The switch configuration file was not saved to NVRAM.
The connection between the switch and the server did not autonegotiate speed and duplex properly.
45. How does an SNMP trap aid network monitoring and management?
It reports to the management station by responding to polls.
It collects information for the management station by using polling devices.
*It sends an alert message to the management station when a threshold is reached.
It flags attempts to begin a DoS attack on the network.
1. What is a characteristic of a scalable network?
100% uptime
redundant links
*easy expansion
multiple backup devices
2. What is the primary function of the NOC at a large ISP?
installing equipment at a customer site
setting up customer accounts and passwords
*monitoring and testing customer network connections
entering customer requirements in an order-tracking database
3. What is used by a routing protocol to determine the best path to include in the routing table?
Convergence time
Default distance
*Metric
Type of router
4. In an IPv4 environment, what information is used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to another?
*destination network address
source network address
source MAC address
well known port destination address
5. Which statement describes a route that has been learned dynamically?
*It is automatically updated and maintained by routing protocols.
It is unaffected by changes in the topology of the network.
It has an administrative distance of 1.
It is identified by the prefix C in the routing table.
6. What routing protocol would be appropriate to use for exchanging routes between ISPs?
RIPv2
*BGP
OSPF
EIGRP
7. At which layer of the OSI model is the Ethernet family of technologies defined?
Layer 1
*Layer 2
Layer 3
Layer 4
Layer 5
Layer 6
Layer 7
8. Which two services are required to enable a computer to receive dynamic IP addresses and access the Internet using domain names? (Choose two.)
*DNS
WINS
HTTP
*DHCP
SMTP
9. Which combination of network address and subnet mask allows 62 hosts to be connected in a single subnet?
Network address 10.1.1.4 Subnet mask 255.255.255.240
Network address 10.1.1.0 Subnet mask 255.255.255.252
*Network address 10.1.1.0 Subnet mask 255.255.255.192
Network address 10.1.1.4 Subnet mask 255.255.255.248
10. Refer to the exhibit. Which subnet mask would accommodate the number of hosts shown for each subnetwork with the least amount of IP addresses wasted?
255.255.0.0
255.255.255.192
*255.255.255.224
255.255.255.240
255.255.255.248
11. Refer to the exhibit. Devices need to connect to the file server from remote networks. What method should be used to provide the file server with an IP address to allow these connections?
*static NAT
static PAT
dynamic NAT
dynamic PAT
12. While configuring PAT on a Cisco ISR, a network technician defines the IP address of the router interface that connects to the ISP. This address will be the translated address for all Internet traffic from inside hosts. What is this IP address called?
inside local address
*inside global address
outside local address
outside global address
13. What does the command RA(dhcp-config)# dns-server 10.10.64.221 10.10.64.222 accomplish?
allows RA to act as a DNS relay agent
allows RA to be configured as a DNS server
identifies the default gateway address that is used to reach the DNS servers
*enables DHCP clients to use the specified IP addresses as DNS servers
14. The show ip route command was executed on one of the routers shown in the graphic and the following output was displayed:
C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0
R 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0
R 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1
From which router was this command executed?
A
B
*C
D
15. Refer to the exhibit. R1 and R2 are configured with the commands that are displayed. All interfaces are properly configured, but neither router is receiving routing updates. What two things can be done to solve the problem? (Choose two.)
*Configure the routing protocol on R1 for network 10.0.0.0.
*Configure the routing protocol on R2 for network 10.0.0.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R1 for network 192.168.4.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R1 for network 192.168.2.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R2 for network 192.168.1.0.
Configure the routing protocol on R2 for network 192.168.3.0.
16. Refer to the exhibit. A NOC technician at an ISP enters the command c:\ping 209.165.201.7. What are two reasons to use this command? (Choose two.)
map the path to 209.165.201.7
*test reachability to 209.165.201.7
locate connectivity problems along the route to 209.165.201.7
identify ISPs that interconnect the NOC and remote host with IP 209.165.201.7
*measure the time that packets take to reach 209.165.201.7 and return to the technician's workstation
17. Refer to the exhibit. A ping 192.168.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What two events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)
The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.
Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.
The router will send a TCP acknowledgment message to workstation A.
Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to the router.
*Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
*Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
18. Refer to the exhibit. What does the highlighted value 120 represent?
the number of hops between the router and network 10.0.5.0
*the administrative distance of the routing protocol
the UDP port number that is used for forwarding traffic
the bandwidth that is allocated to the serial interface
19. Refer to the exhibit. If the show cdp neighbors command is issued on RTB, which devices will appear in the output if all devices use the Cisco IOS and have CDP enabled?
RTA, RTC
*RTA, RTC, Sw2
RTA, RTC, Sw1, Sw2, Sw3
RTA, RTC, Sw1, Sw2, Sw3, PC1, PC2
20. Which protocol allows secure in-band management so that a network administrator can monitor and configure network devices without fear of any passwords being compromised?
*SSH
HTTP
SNMP
Telnet
21. Which mode does a router enter when no configuration file is located in NVRAM?
ROMMON
*setup
global configuration
privileged exec
22. If the configuration register is currently set to 0x2102, what is the first action that a router will take after the bootstrap program loads successfully?
*load the IOS from flash
load the IOS from NVRAM
load the IOS from the TFTP server
load the startup configuration file from flash
load the startup configuration file from NVRAM
load the startup configuration file from the TFTP server
23. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is unable to ping H1 from the router and is checking the cabling along the network. Which segment is incorrectly cabled?
Segment A
Segment B
Segment C
*Segment D
24. Refer to the exhibit. Router R1 has been configured with the commands that are displayed. Which fact can be determined from the configuration?
*All passwords are encrypted.
The privileged EXEC mode password is “password1.”
The router can support four Telnet sessions simultaneously.
The router can be accessed from the console without using any password.
25. Refer to the exhibit. While configuring the serial interface of a router, the network administrator sees the highlighted error message. What is the reason for this?
The serial interface is administratively down.
The serial interface is already configured with an IP address.
*The network administrator has attempted to configure the serial interface with a broadcast address.
The same IP address has been configured on another interface.
26. Refer to the exhibit. A technician uses the SDM application to configure router R1. Which step should be taken by the technician to enable the Fa0/0 interface on R1 to participate on the connected local network?
Enable a DHCP server on the Fa0/0 LAN interface.
*Configure the appropriate IP address on the Fa0/0 interface.
Configure IP addresses for the primary and secondary DNS server.
Configure the starting and ending IP addresses for the DHCP pool but exclude the Fa0/0 IP address.
27. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator uses the command below to configure a default route on RTB:
RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 fa0/0
A ping issued from PC3 is successful to RTB. However, echo request packets arrive at PC1 but the echo replies do not make it back to PC3. What will fix this problem?
RTA must be configured to forward packets to the 192.168.2.0 network.
*The ip route command needs to be edited so that the next hop address is 10.1.1.5.
The ip route command needs to be edited so that the 192.168.2.1 address is the next hop address.
The ip route command should be removed from the RTB router configuration.
Another default route should be configured on RTA with a next hop address of 10.1.1.6.
28. Which type of cable may be used for backbone cabling between data centers that are located on different floors and that are separated by a distance of 1640 feet (500 meters)?
STP
UTP
coaxial
*fiber-optic
29. A network engineer is planning a new horizontal cable installation in an office building. What advantage would UTP cable have over fiber optic cable for this installation?
*lower installation costs
better protection from EMI
higher transmission speeds
longer unrepeated distance between endpoints
30. What is the maximum unrepeated distance set by industry standards for UTP cable?
10 meters
75 meters
*100 meters
325 meters
31. What are three features of the TCP protocol? (Choose three.)
*It provides retransmission of data packets if they are lost during transmission.
It is a connectionless protocol.
*It uses a three-way handshake between the sending and receiving systems to establish each conversation.
*It specifies how messages are reassembled at the destination host.
It requires only 8 bytes of overhead.
It breaks the data packet into datagrams.
32. A company is developing an Internet store for its website. Which protocol should be used to transfer credit card information from customers to the company web server?
FTPS
HTTP
*HTTPS
WEP2
TFTP
33. In the URL http://dev.cisco.com/wwwdocs/procedures.htm, what is identified by wwwdocs?
the server name where the resource is located
the protocol that is used for the resource request
the domain name of the server that is being accessed
*the folder where the requested resource is stored
34. A small company wishes to provide e-mail accounts for its users. For insurance reasons the company wants to ensure that proper mail retention policies are followed. The company wants to ensure that all e-mail is backed up regularly, but it does not want the users to have to perform this backup themselves. Which protocol would meet the needs of the company?
SSL
POP3
SMTP
*IMAP4
35. Which AAA process requires users to prove their identity with a username and password to gain access to a network?
accounting
authorization
*authentication
acknowledgment
36. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has an extra router and wishes to use it as shown to passively monitor network traffic. Which IOS feature should be implemented on router EXTRA?
ACLs
CDP
*IDS
IPS
37. Which networking service is used to provide name to IP address mapping?
*DNS
FTP
NAT
DHCP
38. What is an example of a dedicated point-to-point WAN link?
ISDN
Frame Relay
dialup
*T1/E1
39. A small tire retailer requires a low-cost WAN connection to its headquarters in order to manage its inventory and process customer sales in real time. Which WAN connection type is best suited to its needs?
SONET
T3
*DSL
leased line
40. Refer to the exhibit. Router Left is unable to ping router Right. The show interfaces serial 0/0/0 command indicates that the interface is up but the line protocol is down on both routers. Which action could be taken to establish connectivity between the two routers?
Configure S0/0/1 instead of S0/0/0 on router Right.
Enter the encapsulation hdlc command on router Right.
Contact the service provider to report that the circuit is down.
Contact the service provider to enable PPP on the WAN circuit.
*Enter the no encapsulation ppp command on router Left S0/0/0.
41. A network technician wants to restore a backup copy of the saved configuration file on a router from a TFTP server. After restoring the file from the TFTP server, the technician reloads the router and finds that it still has the old configuration file instead of the restored file. What could have caused this?
The technician entered the command delete flash: before reloading the router.
The technician entered the command boot system rom before reloading the router.
The technician entered the command erase startup-config before reloading the router.
*The technician failed to enter the command copy running-config startup-config before reloading the router.
42. A company functions from Monday to Friday each week. Their backup strategy calls for full backups each Friday night, with differential backups on all other weekday nights. If an administrator is asked to restore a server hard drive to its Wednesday morning state, how many backups must be used?
1
*2
3
4
43. A small company has contracted with its ISP for web hosting. Which two items would be included in the SLA for this service? (Choose two.)
*performance
web server cost
*(service availability
operating system on the web server
web server model and configuration
44. A building has experienced a power outage. When the power returns, none of the devices on one floor can access the Internet. The network administrator checks the switch in the IDF that these devices are connected to and notes that the SYST LED on the front of the switch is amber.
What is a possible cause of this problem?
The switch is functioning properly.
*The switch has failed POST.
The switch configuration file was not saved to NVRAM.
The connection between the switch and the server did not autonegotiate speed and duplex properly.
45. How does an SNMP trap aid network monitoring and management?
It reports to the management station by responding to polls.
It collects information for the management station by using polling devices.
*It sends an alert message to the management station when a threshold is reached.
It flags attempts to begin a DoS attack on the network.
When does a host device issue an ICMP echo
request?
*to initiate a ping to determine if a destination address is reachable
to respond to a DNS name query
to broadcast its identity to its locally connected neighbors
to request the MAC address of a destination IP address
2. What is the maximum T1 transmission speed?
56 kbps
128 kbps
*1.544 Mbps
2.4 Mbps
3. At which point do individuals and small businesses connect directly to the ISP network to obtain Internet access?
*at a POP
at an IXP
at a Metro Ethernet link
on the ISP extranet
4. Which network support services team is responsible for testing a new customer connection and for monitoring the ongoing operation of the link?
customer service
help desk
network operations
on-site installation
5. Which network support services team identifies whether the client site has existing network hardware and circuits installed?
customer service
help desk
network operations
*planning and provisioning
6. What are three main types of high-bandwidth connection options used by medium- to large-sized businesses? (Choose three.)
DSL
cable modem
Ethernet
*metro Ethernet
*T1
*T3
7. What feature enables network devices to be scalable?
a fixed number of interfaces
ease of repair
*modularity
low maintenance requirements
low cost
8. Which statement describes a function of a Tier 1 ISP?
*peers with other similarly sized ISPs to form the global Internet backbone
uses the services of Tier 3 ISPs to connect to the global Internet backbone
pays Tier 2 ISPs for transit services to connect across continents
limits the offered services to small geographic areas
9. Which two things can be determined by using the ping command? (Choose two.)
the number of routers between the source and destination device
the IP address of the router nearest the destination device
*the average time it takes a packet to reach the destination and for the response to return to the source
*whether or not the destination device is reachable through the network
the average time it takes each router in the path between source and destination to respond
10. The IT manager of a medium-sized business wishes to house the company-owned web servers in a facility that offers round-the-clock controlled access, redundant power, and high-bandwidth Internet access. Which ISP service will fulfill this need?
web hosting
planning and provisioning
application hosting
*equipment collocation
Tier 1 ISP services
11. What was the original purpose of the Internet?
voice communication
marketing
*research
commerce
12. What is the purpose of an RFC?
to provide the connection point for multiple ISPs to the Internet
*to document the development and approval of an Internet standard
to indicate a contract that a customer signs when purchasing co-location services
to document agreements between an ISP and the customer
13. What units are used to measure Internet bandwidth?
*bits per second
bytes per second
hertz
megabytes per second
packets per second
14. What three support service teams are commonly found within an ISP? (Choose three.)
*help desk
computer support
application readiness
*network operations center
*planning and provisioning
implementation and documentation
15. Which ISP network support systems team will typically contact the customer once a new circuit is ready and guide the customer in setting up passwords and other account information?
*help desk
customer service
network operations center
on-site installation team
planning and provisioning
16. What interconnects the Internet backbone?
MDFs
*IXPs
POPs
satellite dishes
17. Refer to the exhibit. A host is having problems maintaining a connection to a server at 192.168.100.2. Which statement best describes the output of the ping command?
The server is shut down.
The server has no route back to the host.
Two routers along the path are not responding to pings.
*Some packets made it to the destination.
18. Refer to the exhibit. Host A cannot connect to the web server at 192.168.100.2. Based on the output of the tracert command, which device is most likely causing the problem?
Router A
Router B
Router C
Router D
Router E
*Router F
19. Which network utility helps determine the location of network problems and identifies routers that packets travel across?
ping
ipconfig
*tracert
netstat
nslookup
Ping services are not supported on the destination.
*to initiate a ping to determine if a destination address is reachable
to respond to a DNS name query
to broadcast its identity to its locally connected neighbors
to request the MAC address of a destination IP address
2. What is the maximum T1 transmission speed?
56 kbps
128 kbps
*1.544 Mbps
2.4 Mbps
3. At which point do individuals and small businesses connect directly to the ISP network to obtain Internet access?
*at a POP
at an IXP
at a Metro Ethernet link
on the ISP extranet
4. Which network support services team is responsible for testing a new customer connection and for monitoring the ongoing operation of the link?
customer service
help desk
network operations
on-site installation
5. Which network support services team identifies whether the client site has existing network hardware and circuits installed?
customer service
help desk
network operations
*planning and provisioning
6. What are three main types of high-bandwidth connection options used by medium- to large-sized businesses? (Choose three.)
DSL
cable modem
Ethernet
*metro Ethernet
*T1
*T3
7. What feature enables network devices to be scalable?
a fixed number of interfaces
ease of repair
*modularity
low maintenance requirements
low cost
8. Which statement describes a function of a Tier 1 ISP?
*peers with other similarly sized ISPs to form the global Internet backbone
uses the services of Tier 3 ISPs to connect to the global Internet backbone
pays Tier 2 ISPs for transit services to connect across continents
limits the offered services to small geographic areas
9. Which two things can be determined by using the ping command? (Choose two.)
the number of routers between the source and destination device
the IP address of the router nearest the destination device
*the average time it takes a packet to reach the destination and for the response to return to the source
*whether or not the destination device is reachable through the network
the average time it takes each router in the path between source and destination to respond
10. The IT manager of a medium-sized business wishes to house the company-owned web servers in a facility that offers round-the-clock controlled access, redundant power, and high-bandwidth Internet access. Which ISP service will fulfill this need?
web hosting
planning and provisioning
application hosting
*equipment collocation
Tier 1 ISP services
11. What was the original purpose of the Internet?
voice communication
marketing
*research
commerce
12. What is the purpose of an RFC?
to provide the connection point for multiple ISPs to the Internet
*to document the development and approval of an Internet standard
to indicate a contract that a customer signs when purchasing co-location services
to document agreements between an ISP and the customer
13. What units are used to measure Internet bandwidth?
*bits per second
bytes per second
hertz
megabytes per second
packets per second
14. What three support service teams are commonly found within an ISP? (Choose three.)
*help desk
computer support
application readiness
*network operations center
*planning and provisioning
implementation and documentation
15. Which ISP network support systems team will typically contact the customer once a new circuit is ready and guide the customer in setting up passwords and other account information?
*help desk
customer service
network operations center
on-site installation team
planning and provisioning
16. What interconnects the Internet backbone?
MDFs
*IXPs
POPs
satellite dishes
17. Refer to the exhibit. A host is having problems maintaining a connection to a server at 192.168.100.2. Which statement best describes the output of the ping command?
The server is shut down.
The server has no route back to the host.
Two routers along the path are not responding to pings.
*Some packets made it to the destination.
18. Refer to the exhibit. Host A cannot connect to the web server at 192.168.100.2. Based on the output of the tracert command, which device is most likely causing the problem?
Router A
Router B
Router C
Router D
Router E
*Router F
19. Which network utility helps determine the location of network problems and identifies routers that packets travel across?
ping
ipconfig
*tracert
netstat
nslookup
Ping services are not supported on the destination.
The DHCP server in a lab environment is down
when multiple DHCP clients in the lab are booted for the first time. Which two
statements describe how the DHCP clients will be affected by the absence of a
DHCP server during boot? (Choose two.)
The clients will not boot completely until the DHCP server resumes functioning.
The clients will attempt via the use of the IP address 127.0.0.1 to communicate with the other clients.
*All clients with link-local addresses will communicate with each other in a peer-to-peer manner.
*A link-local address will be automatically assigned to the hosts by the operating system.
A link-local process will use a DNS query to determine if any other device uses the same link-local address.
2. Which is a function of the transport layer of the OSI model?
routes data between networks
converts data to bits for transmission
*delivers data reliably across the network using TCP
formats and encodes data for transmission
transmits data to the next directly connected device
3. Which statement describes the process of escalating a help desk trouble ticket?
The help desk technican resolves the customer problem over the phone and closes the trouble ticket.
Remote desktop utilities enable the help desk technician to fix a configuration error and close the trouble ticket.
*After trying unsuccessfully to fix a problem, the help desk technician sends the trouble ticket to the onsite support staff.
When the problem is solved, all information is recorded on the trouble ticket for future reference.
4. Which two functions are provided by the upper layers of the OSI model? (Choose two.)
placing electrical signals on the medium for transmission
*initiating the network communication process
*encrypting and compressing data for transmission
segmenting and identifying data for reassembly at the destination
choosing the appropriate path for the data to take through the network
5. Which scenario represents a problem at Layer 4 of the OSI model?
An incorrect IP address on the default gateway.
A bad subnet mask in the host IP configuration.
*A firewall filtering traffic addressed to TCP port 25 on an email server.
An incorrect DNS server address being given out by DHCP.
6. A customer calls to report a problem accessing an e-commerce web site. The help desk technician begins troubleshooting using a top-down approach. Which question would the technician ask the customer first?
*Can you access other web sites?
Is there a firewall installed on your computer?
What is your IP address?
Is the link light lit on your NIC card?
7. What are two primary goals of the ISP help desk? (Choose two.)
conserving support resources
*network optimization
competitive scalability
*customer retention
8. What are two basic procedures of incident management? (Choose two.)
*opening a trouble ticket
using diagnostic tools to identify the problem
surveying network conditions for further analysis
configuring new equipment and software upgrades
*adhering to a problem-solving strategy
e-mailing a problem resolution to the customer
9. Which three command line utilities are most commonly used to troubleshoot issues at Layer 3? (Choose three.)
*ping
a packet sniffer
Telnet
*ipconfig
*traceroute
10. What is the correct encapsulation order when data is passed from Layer 1 up to Layer 4 of the OSI model?
*bits, frames, packets, segments
frames, bits, packets, segments
packets, frames, segments, bits
segments, packets, frames, bits
11. What are two functions of the physical layer of the OSI model? (Choose two.)
adding the hardware address
*converting data to bits
encapsulating data into frames
*signal generation
routing packets
12. A customer calls the help desk about setting up a new PC and cable modem and being unable to access the Internet. What three questions would the technician ask if the bottom-up troubleshooting approach is used? (Choose three.)
*Is the NIC link light blinking?
What is the IP address and subnet mask?
Can the default gateway be successfully pinged?
*Is the network cable properly attached to the modem?
*Is the Category 5 cable properly connected to the network slot on the PC?
Can you access your e-mail account?
13. A customer calls the ISP help desk after setting up a new PC with a cable modem but being unable to access the Internet. After the help desk technician has verified Layer 1 and Layer 2, what are three questions the help desk technician should ask the customer? (Choose three.)
*What is your subnet mask?
*What is your IP address?
Is the NIC link light blinking?
*Can you ping the default gateway?
Is the network cable properly attached to the cable modem?
Is the network cable correctly connected to the network port on the PC?
14.Which address is used by the router to direct a packet between networks?
source MAC address
destination MAC address
source IP address
*destination IP address
15. What is the first step that is used by a help desk technician in a systematic approach to helping a customer solve a problem?
identify and prioritize alternative solutions
isolate the cause of the problem
*define the problem
select an evaluation process
16. While troubleshooting a connectivity issue on a host, a network administrator issues the ping 127.0.0.1 command. The pings are unsuccessful. What is most likely the problem?
*The TCP/IP stack is not loaded properly.
The default gateway is down.
ARP is not functioning correctly.
An IP address has not been assigned to the host.
17. An accounting firm experiencing connectivity issues requires Level 3 support from the ISP. Which function requires Level 3 or higher support?
the diagnosis of basic network connectivity
the use of diagnostic tools to identify problems
*the installation and configuration of new equipment
the documentation of basic user issues
18. What Layer 1 problem can cause a user to lose Internet connectivity?
wrong subnet mask
wrong default gateway
*loose network cable
wrong MAC address
faulty printer cable
19. In what three ways do Level 1 and Level 2 help desk technicians attempt to identify a customer's problems? (Choose three.)
*talking to the customer on the telephone
upgrading hardware and software
*using various web tools
making an onsite visit
installing new equipment
*with remote desktop sharing applications
The clients will not boot completely until the DHCP server resumes functioning.
The clients will attempt via the use of the IP address 127.0.0.1 to communicate with the other clients.
*All clients with link-local addresses will communicate with each other in a peer-to-peer manner.
*A link-local address will be automatically assigned to the hosts by the operating system.
A link-local process will use a DNS query to determine if any other device uses the same link-local address.
2. Which is a function of the transport layer of the OSI model?
routes data between networks
converts data to bits for transmission
*delivers data reliably across the network using TCP
formats and encodes data for transmission
transmits data to the next directly connected device
3. Which statement describes the process of escalating a help desk trouble ticket?
The help desk technican resolves the customer problem over the phone and closes the trouble ticket.
Remote desktop utilities enable the help desk technician to fix a configuration error and close the trouble ticket.
*After trying unsuccessfully to fix a problem, the help desk technician sends the trouble ticket to the onsite support staff.
When the problem is solved, all information is recorded on the trouble ticket for future reference.
4. Which two functions are provided by the upper layers of the OSI model? (Choose two.)
placing electrical signals on the medium for transmission
*initiating the network communication process
*encrypting and compressing data for transmission
segmenting and identifying data for reassembly at the destination
choosing the appropriate path for the data to take through the network
5. Which scenario represents a problem at Layer 4 of the OSI model?
An incorrect IP address on the default gateway.
A bad subnet mask in the host IP configuration.
*A firewall filtering traffic addressed to TCP port 25 on an email server.
An incorrect DNS server address being given out by DHCP.
6. A customer calls to report a problem accessing an e-commerce web site. The help desk technician begins troubleshooting using a top-down approach. Which question would the technician ask the customer first?
*Can you access other web sites?
Is there a firewall installed on your computer?
What is your IP address?
Is the link light lit on your NIC card?
7. What are two primary goals of the ISP help desk? (Choose two.)
conserving support resources
*network optimization
competitive scalability
*customer retention
8. What are two basic procedures of incident management? (Choose two.)
*opening a trouble ticket
using diagnostic tools to identify the problem
surveying network conditions for further analysis
configuring new equipment and software upgrades
*adhering to a problem-solving strategy
e-mailing a problem resolution to the customer
9. Which three command line utilities are most commonly used to troubleshoot issues at Layer 3? (Choose three.)
*ping
a packet sniffer
Telnet
*ipconfig
*traceroute
10. What is the correct encapsulation order when data is passed from Layer 1 up to Layer 4 of the OSI model?
*bits, frames, packets, segments
frames, bits, packets, segments
packets, frames, segments, bits
segments, packets, frames, bits
11. What are two functions of the physical layer of the OSI model? (Choose two.)
adding the hardware address
*converting data to bits
encapsulating data into frames
*signal generation
routing packets
12. A customer calls the help desk about setting up a new PC and cable modem and being unable to access the Internet. What three questions would the technician ask if the bottom-up troubleshooting approach is used? (Choose three.)
*Is the NIC link light blinking?
What is the IP address and subnet mask?
Can the default gateway be successfully pinged?
*Is the network cable properly attached to the modem?
*Is the Category 5 cable properly connected to the network slot on the PC?
Can you access your e-mail account?
13. A customer calls the ISP help desk after setting up a new PC with a cable modem but being unable to access the Internet. After the help desk technician has verified Layer 1 and Layer 2, what are three questions the help desk technician should ask the customer? (Choose three.)
*What is your subnet mask?
*What is your IP address?
Is the NIC link light blinking?
*Can you ping the default gateway?
Is the network cable properly attached to the cable modem?
Is the network cable correctly connected to the network port on the PC?
14.Which address is used by the router to direct a packet between networks?
source MAC address
destination MAC address
source IP address
*destination IP address
15. What is the first step that is used by a help desk technician in a systematic approach to helping a customer solve a problem?
identify and prioritize alternative solutions
isolate the cause of the problem
*define the problem
select an evaluation process
16. While troubleshooting a connectivity issue on a host, a network administrator issues the ping 127.0.0.1 command. The pings are unsuccessful. What is most likely the problem?
*The TCP/IP stack is not loaded properly.
The default gateway is down.
ARP is not functioning correctly.
An IP address has not been assigned to the host.
17. An accounting firm experiencing connectivity issues requires Level 3 support from the ISP. Which function requires Level 3 or higher support?
the diagnosis of basic network connectivity
the use of diagnostic tools to identify problems
*the installation and configuration of new equipment
the documentation of basic user issues
18. What Layer 1 problem can cause a user to lose Internet connectivity?
wrong subnet mask
wrong default gateway
*loose network cable
wrong MAC address
faulty printer cable
19. In what three ways do Level 1 and Level 2 help desk technicians attempt to identify a customer's problems? (Choose three.)
*talking to the customer on the telephone
upgrading hardware and software
*using various web tools
making an onsite visit
installing new equipment
*with remote desktop sharing applications
1. A network technician is assigned to perform a site visit to a
customer location to determine the requirements for a network upgrade. In
addition to the currently installed equipment inventory, what other information
about the hosts and networking devices should the technician obtain from the customer?
the cost of the currently installed equipment
all product keys for site license software
*any planned growth anticipated in the near future
the memory requirements for installed application software
2. Which three issues should be noted on the technician's site survey report? (Choose three.)
*unlabeled cables
only two power outlets per wall in each room
*poor physical security of network devices
horizontal cabling runs under 100 meters
*lack of UPS for critical devices
two users sharing the same computer
3. What three things are included in a logical topology document? (Choose three.)
the location of cables, computers, and other peripherals
*the path that the data takes through a network
the wireless signal coverage area
the wiring closet and access point locations
*the device names and Layer 3 addressing information
*the location of routing, network address translation, and firewall filtering
4. When designing a network upgrade, which two tasks should the onsite technician perform? (Choose two.)
configure the servers and routers prior to delivery
upgrade the network operating system and all client operating systems
*investigate and document the physical layout of the premises
document the final design for approval by the customer
*perform a site survey to document the existing network structure
5. What must be added when a network expands beyond the coverage area of the current telecommunications room?
MDF
POP
*IDF
IXP
6. Which three items are typically found in an MDF? (Choose three.)
user workstations
*switches and routers
fax machines
*network equipment racks
*the point of presence
copier
7. Which device has the ability to break up broadcast and collision domains?
repeater
hub
*router
switch
8. Refer to the exhibit. Which type of twisted pair cable is used between each device?
A=console, B=straight, C=crossover, D= crossover, E=straight
A=straight, B=straight, C=straight, D=crossover, E=console
A=crossover, B=straight, C=straight, D=crossover, E=crossover
*A=console, B=straight, C=straight, D=crossover, E=crossover
A=console, B=crossover, C=crossover, D=straight, E=straight
9. Why is it important to review the results of an on-site survey report with the customer before beginning the network design?
to inform the customer of how much time the upgrade will take
to discuss the implementation schedule for the new equipment
*to verify that the report accurately describes the current network and any plans for expansion
to review the new network design and discuss possible equipment upgrades and replacements
10. Which two benefits can be gained by locating network equipment in a telecommunications closet, rather than in a user area? (Choose two.)
faster communication speeds
*improved physical security
more resistant to hacker attempts
*centralized cable management
less electrical usage
11. What does the use of redundant network components supply to a network?
scalability
manageability
compatibility
*reliability
12. Which type of cable has a solid copper core with several protective layers including PVC, braided wire shielding, and a plastic covering?
STP
UTP
*coaxial
fiber optic
13. What is the term for the location at the customer premise where the customer network physically connects to the Internet through a telecommunications service provider?
backbone area
*point of presence
network distribution facility
intermediate distribution frame
14. In what two ways will entering into a managed service agreement with an ISP for a network upgrade affect the costs that are incurred by the customer? (Choose two.)
Customer IT training costs will increase to enable operation of the new equipment.
The cost of hardware repairs and support will become the responsibility of the customer.
*Network upgrade and maintenance costs will become predictable.
Staffing costs will increase because the customer will need to hire additional IT staff to complete the upgrade.
*The company will not need to spend a large amount of money to purchase the equipment upfront.
15. What is the benefit for a company to use an ISR router?
*An ISR provides the functionality of a switch, router, and firewall in one device.
ISRs use a PC operating system for routing traffic, thus simplifying configuration and management.
An ISR is immune to security attacks by hackers and so replaces all other network security measures.
ISRs make routing decisions at OSI Layer 7, thus providing more intelligence to the network than do other routers.
16. It is said that the goal for availability of a communications system is "five-9s". What is meant by this?
A down time of .00001% is unacceptable.
*A network needs to be available 99.999% of the time.
Five percent of all network expense covers 99% of user requirements.
The most critical time for network availability is from 9:00 to 5:00 p.m. five days a week.
The best time to do maintenance on a network is from 5:00 p.m. to 9:00 a.m. five days a week.
17. A client requires a networking device that is capable of expansion to accomodate growing network demands. What characteristic must this device have to meet this requirement?
ability to monitor operation and change the settings for a device
*modular physical configuration
ability to manage the device remotely
ports that can be activated and deactivated
18. Refer to the exhibit. To allow IP communication between the two networks, what type of device is required?
hub
*router
switch
access point
19. What are two advantages of having ISP-managed services? (Choose two.)
do not require leasing costs for the services
*predictable billing
eliminate the need for data backup
*increase availability of help desk services
do not require a Service Level Agreement
the cost of the currently installed equipment
all product keys for site license software
*any planned growth anticipated in the near future
the memory requirements for installed application software
2. Which three issues should be noted on the technician's site survey report? (Choose three.)
*unlabeled cables
only two power outlets per wall in each room
*poor physical security of network devices
horizontal cabling runs under 100 meters
*lack of UPS for critical devices
two users sharing the same computer
3. What three things are included in a logical topology document? (Choose three.)
the location of cables, computers, and other peripherals
*the path that the data takes through a network
the wireless signal coverage area
the wiring closet and access point locations
*the device names and Layer 3 addressing information
*the location of routing, network address translation, and firewall filtering
4. When designing a network upgrade, which two tasks should the onsite technician perform? (Choose two.)
configure the servers and routers prior to delivery
upgrade the network operating system and all client operating systems
*investigate and document the physical layout of the premises
document the final design for approval by the customer
*perform a site survey to document the existing network structure
5. What must be added when a network expands beyond the coverage area of the current telecommunications room?
MDF
POP
*IDF
IXP
6. Which three items are typically found in an MDF? (Choose three.)
user workstations
*switches and routers
fax machines
*network equipment racks
*the point of presence
copier
7. Which device has the ability to break up broadcast and collision domains?
repeater
hub
*router
switch
8. Refer to the exhibit. Which type of twisted pair cable is used between each device?
A=console, B=straight, C=crossover, D= crossover, E=straight
A=straight, B=straight, C=straight, D=crossover, E=console
A=crossover, B=straight, C=straight, D=crossover, E=crossover
*A=console, B=straight, C=straight, D=crossover, E=crossover
A=console, B=crossover, C=crossover, D=straight, E=straight
9. Why is it important to review the results of an on-site survey report with the customer before beginning the network design?
to inform the customer of how much time the upgrade will take
to discuss the implementation schedule for the new equipment
*to verify that the report accurately describes the current network and any plans for expansion
to review the new network design and discuss possible equipment upgrades and replacements
10. Which two benefits can be gained by locating network equipment in a telecommunications closet, rather than in a user area? (Choose two.)
faster communication speeds
*improved physical security
more resistant to hacker attempts
*centralized cable management
less electrical usage
11. What does the use of redundant network components supply to a network?
scalability
manageability
compatibility
*reliability
12. Which type of cable has a solid copper core with several protective layers including PVC, braided wire shielding, and a plastic covering?
STP
UTP
*coaxial
fiber optic
13. What is the term for the location at the customer premise where the customer network physically connects to the Internet through a telecommunications service provider?
backbone area
*point of presence
network distribution facility
intermediate distribution frame
14. In what two ways will entering into a managed service agreement with an ISP for a network upgrade affect the costs that are incurred by the customer? (Choose two.)
Customer IT training costs will increase to enable operation of the new equipment.
The cost of hardware repairs and support will become the responsibility of the customer.
*Network upgrade and maintenance costs will become predictable.
Staffing costs will increase because the customer will need to hire additional IT staff to complete the upgrade.
*The company will not need to spend a large amount of money to purchase the equipment upfront.
15. What is the benefit for a company to use an ISR router?
*An ISR provides the functionality of a switch, router, and firewall in one device.
ISRs use a PC operating system for routing traffic, thus simplifying configuration and management.
An ISR is immune to security attacks by hackers and so replaces all other network security measures.
ISRs make routing decisions at OSI Layer 7, thus providing more intelligence to the network than do other routers.
16. It is said that the goal for availability of a communications system is "five-9s". What is meant by this?
A down time of .00001% is unacceptable.
*A network needs to be available 99.999% of the time.
Five percent of all network expense covers 99% of user requirements.
The most critical time for network availability is from 9:00 to 5:00 p.m. five days a week.
The best time to do maintenance on a network is from 5:00 p.m. to 9:00 a.m. five days a week.
17. A client requires a networking device that is capable of expansion to accomodate growing network demands. What characteristic must this device have to meet this requirement?
ability to monitor operation and change the settings for a device
*modular physical configuration
ability to manage the device remotely
ports that can be activated and deactivated
18. Refer to the exhibit. To allow IP communication between the two networks, what type of device is required?
hub
*router
switch
access point
19. What are two advantages of having ISP-managed services? (Choose two.)
do not require leasing costs for the services
*predictable billing
eliminate the need for data backup
*increase availability of help desk services
do not require a Service Level Agreement
1. In an 8 bit binary number, what is the total number of
combinations of the eight bits?
128
254
255
**256
512
1024
254
255
**256
512
1024
2. Convert the decimal number 231 into its binary
equivalent. Select the correct answer from the list below.
11110010
11011011
11110110
**11100111
11100101
11101110
11011011
11110110
**11100111
11100101
11101110
3. How many usable hosts are available given a Class C IP
address with the default subnet mask?
**254
255
256
510
511
512
255
256
510
511
512
4. Which statement describes NAT overload or PAT?
Each internal address is dynamically translated to an
individual external IP address.
A single internal address is always translated to the same unique external IP address.
**Many internal addresses can be translated to a single IP address using different port assignments.
Many internal addresses are statically assigned a single IP address and port to use for communications.
A single internal address is always translated to the same unique external IP address.
**Many internal addresses can be translated to a single IP address using different port assignments.
Many internal addresses are statically assigned a single IP address and port to use for communications.
5. Which IPv4 class of addresses provides the most
networks?
Class A
Class B
**Class C
Class D
Class E
Class B
**Class C
Class D
Class E
6. Which statement accurately describes public IP
addresses?
Public addresses cannot be used within a private network.
**Public IP addresses must be unique across the entire Internet.
Public addresses can be duplicated only within a local network.
Public IP addresses are only required to be unique within the local network.
Network administrators are free to select any public addresses to use for network devices that access the Internet.
**Public IP addresses must be unique across the entire Internet.
Public addresses can be duplicated only within a local network.
Public IP addresses are only required to be unique within the local network.
Network administrators are free to select any public addresses to use for network devices that access the Internet.
7. Which two statements describe classful IP addresses?
(Choose two.)
It is possible to determine which class an address
belongs to by reading the first bit.
**The number of bits used to identify the hosts is fixed by the class of the network.
Only Class A addresses can be represented by high-order bits 100.
Up to 24 bits can make up the host portion of a Class C address.
**Up to 24 bits can be used to identify unique networks.
Three of the five classes of addresses are reserved for multicasts and
experimental use.
**The number of bits used to identify the hosts is fixed by the class of the network.
Only Class A addresses can be represented by high-order bits 100.
Up to 24 bits can make up the host portion of a Class C address.
**Up to 24 bits can be used to identify unique networks.
Three of the five classes of addresses are reserved for multicasts and
experimental use.
8. Company XYZ uses a network address of 192.168.4.0. It
uses the mask of 255.255.255.224 to create subnets. What is the maximum number
of usable hosts in each subnet?
6
14
**30
62
14
**30
62
9. hat is the network broadcast address for a Class C
address of 192.168.32.0 with the default subnet mask?
192.168.0.0
192.168.0.255
192.168.32.0
192.168.32.254
**192.168.32.255
192.168.0.255
192.168.32.0
192.168.32.254
**192.168.32.255
10. Refer to the exhibit. Host A is connected to the LAN,
but it cannot get access to any resources on the Internet. The configuration of
the host is shown in the exhibit. What could be the cause of the problem?
The host subnet mask is incorrect.
The default gateway is a network address.
The default gateway is a broadcast address.
**The default gateway is on a different subnet from the host.
The default gateway is a network address.
The default gateway is a broadcast address.
**The default gateway is on a different subnet from the host.
11. IPv6 increases the IP address size from 32 bits to
how many bits?
64
96
**128
192
256
512
96
**128
192
256
512
12. What is the range of the first octet in a Class B
address?
127 to 191
127 to 192
**128 to 191
128 to 192
127 to 192
**128 to 191
128 to 192
13. Which IPv4 class provides the highest number of host
addresses per network?
**Class A
Class B
Class C
Class D
Class E
Class B
Class C
Class D
Class E
14. refer to the exhibit. Which range of IP addresses
would allow hosts that are connected to the Router1 Fa0/0 interface to access
outside networks?
192.168.1.0 through 192.168.1.95
**192.168.1.66 through 192.168.1.94
192.168.1.66 through 192.168.1.96
192.168.1.0 through 192.168.1.127
192.168.1.66 through 192.168.1.128
**192.168.1.66 through 192.168.1.94
192.168.1.66 through 192.168.1.96
192.168.1.0 through 192.168.1.127
192.168.1.66 through 192.168.1.128
15 Which option shows the proper notation for an IPv6
address?
2001,0db8,3c55,0015,abcd,ff13
2001-0db8-3c55-0015-abcd-ff13
2001.0db8.3c55.0015.abcd.ff13
**2001:0db8:3c55:0015::abcd:ff13
2001-0db8-3c55-0015-abcd-ff13
2001.0db8.3c55.0015.abcd.ff13
**2001:0db8:3c55:0015::abcd:ff13
16. What are two reasons that NAT was developed? (Choose
two.)
to preserve registered public IP addresses
to allow users on the public Internet to access local networks
**to provide a method for privately addressed LANs to
participate in the Internet
to make routing protocols operate more efficiently
**to allow private addresses to be routed on the public Internet
to reduce overhead and CPU usage on gateway routers
to allow users on the public Internet to access local networks
**to provide a method for privately addressed LANs to
participate in the Internet
to make routing protocols operate more efficiently
**to allow private addresses to be routed on the public Internet
to reduce overhead and CPU usage on gateway routers
17. What must happen for a privately addressed host on an
inside local network to be able to communicate with an outside destination host
on the Internet?
The host IP address must be translated to an outside
private address.
The host IP address must be translated to an inside local address.
The host IP address must be translated to an outside local address.
**The host IP address must be translated to an inside global address.
The host IP address must be translated to an inside local address.
The host IP address must be translated to an outside local address.
**The host IP address must be translated to an inside global address.
18. Which port numbers are used by PAT to create unique
global addresses?
255 and below
1024 and below
**1025 and above
64,000 and above
1024 and below
**1025 and above
64,000 and above
19. Static NAT works by mapping a specific inside local
IP address to what other specific address type?
**inside global
outside local
outside global
private IP address
outside local
outside global
private IP address
20. What are three advantages of NAT implementations?
(Choose three.)
**improved security
improved router performance
decreased processor load
**improved scalability
universal application compatibility
**sharing few public IP addresses with many hosts
improved router performance
decreased processor load
**improved scalability
universal application compatibility
**sharing few public IP addresses with many hosts
9.
What is the network broadcast address for a Class C address of 192.168.32.0
with the default subnet mask?
192.168.0.0
192.168.0.255
192.168.32.0
192.168.32.254
* 192.168.32.255
192.168.0.255
192.168.32.0
192.168.32.254
* 192.168.32.255
A system administrator must provide Internet connectivity for ten hosts
in a small remote office. The ISP has assigned two public IP addresses to this
remote office. How can the system administrator configure the router to provide
Internet access to all ten users at the same time?
Configure
DHCP and static NAT.
Configure
dynamic NAT for ten users.
Configure
static NAT for all ten users.
Configure
dynamic NAT with overload.
19.
Refer to the exhibit. R1 is performing NAT for the 10.1.1.0/24 inside network.
HostA has sent a request to the web server. What is the destination IP address
of the return packet from the web server?
10.1.1.2
172.30.20.1
*172.30.20.10
192.168.1.1
10.1.1.2
172.30.20.1
*172.30.20.10
192.168.1.1
1. What is the correct command sequence to configure a router host name
to "LAB_A"?
*Router> enable
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# hostname LAB_A
Router> enable
Router# hostname LAB_A
Router> enable
Router# configure router
Router(config)# hostname LAB_A
Router> enable
Router(config)# host name LAB_A
2. Passwords can be used to restrict access to all or parts of the Cisco IOS. Select the modes and interfaces that can be protected with passwords. (Choose three.)
*VTY interface
*console interface
Ethernet interface
secret EXEC mode
*privileged EXEC mode
router configuration mode
3. A network administrator needs to configure a router. Which of the following connection methods requires network functionality to be accessible?
console
AUX
*Telnet
modem
4. Which tasks can be accomplished by using the command history feature? (Choose two.)
View a list of commands entered in a previous session.
Recall up to 15 command lines by default.
*Set the command history buffer size.
*Recall previously entered commands.
Save command lines in a log file for future reference.
5. A router has a valid operating system and a configuration stored in NVRAM. When the router boots up, which mode will display?
global configuration mode
setup mode
ROM monitor mode
*user EXEC mode
6. Which function is a unique responsibility of the DCE devices shown in the exhibit?
transmission of data
reception of data
*clocking for the synchronous link
noise cancellation in transmitted data
7. In what two ways does SDM differ from the IOS CLI? (Choose two.)
*SDM is used for in-band management only. The IOS CLI can be used for in-band and out-of-band management.
SDM is accessed through a Telnet application. The IOS CLI is accessed through a web browser.
SDM is available for all router platforms. The IOS CLI is available for a limited number of Cisco devices.
*SDM utilizes GUI buttons and text boxes. The IOS CLI requires the use of text-based commands.
SDM is used for advanced configuration tasks. The IOS CLI is preferred for initial basic device configuration.
8. What three settings can be made in the SDM Express basic configuration screen? (Choose three.)
*host name
DHCP options
*domain name
interface IP addresses
*enable secret password
DNS server IP addresses
9. Which three encapsulation types can be set on a serial interface by an administrator who is using SDM Express? (Choose three.)
ATM
CHAP
*Frame Relay
*HDLC
PAP
*PPP
10. What option within Cisco SDM Express must be configured to allow hosts that receive IP address settings from the router to resolve names on the network or Internet?
host name
domain name
DHCP address pool
*DNS server IP address
11. To save time, IOS commands may be partially entered and then completed by typing which key or key combination?
*Tab
Ctrl-P
Ctrl-N
Up Arrow
Right Arrow
Down Arrow
12. How does the SYST LED on the catalyst 2960 switch indicate a POST failure?
blinks rapidly amber
blinks rapidly green
*steady amber
steady green
13. Refer to the exhibit. From the router console, an administrator is unable to ping a Catalyst switch that is located in another building. What can the administrator do from her location to check the IP configuration of the attached switch?
Open an SDM session with the switch from her desktop.
Telnet to the switch from the router console.
*Use the show cdp neighbors detail command from the router console.
The administrator must go to the switch location and make a console connection to check these settings.
14. Which three pieces of information about a neighbor device can be obtained by the show cdp neighbors command? (Choose three.)
*platform
routing protocol
*connected interface of neighbor device
*device ID
IP addresses of all interfaces
enable mode password
15. Refer to the exhibit. Which series of commands will correctly configure the serial interface on Router2?
Router2(config)# interface S0/0/0
Router2(config-if)# ip address 192.168.6.11 255.255.255.252
Router2(config-if)# clock rate 64000
Router2(config-if)# no shutdown
Router2(config)# interface S0/0/0
Router2(config-if)# ip address 192.168.6.11 255.255.255.252
Router2(config-if)# no shutdown
Router2(config)# interface S0/0/0
Router2(config-if)# ip address 192.168.6.9 255.255.255.252
Router2(config-if)# clock rate 64000
Router2(config-if)# no shutdown
*Router2(config)# interface S0/0/0
Router2(config-if)# ip address 192.168.6.9 255.255.255.252
Router2(config-if)# no shutdown
16. When utilizing SDM Express, which two configuration options allow a router serial interface to obtain an IP address without manually configuring it? (Choose two.)
Static IP Address
Frame Relay encapsulation
*IP Negotiated
HDLC encapsulation
*IP Unnumbered
17. Refer to the exhibit. A company always uses the last valid IP address in a subnetwork as the IP address of the router LAN interface. A network administrator is using a laptop to configure switch X with a default gateway via the switch console port. The switch VLAN 1 interface is assigned IP address 192.168.5.68/26. What command will the administrator use to assign a default gateway to the switch?
X(config)# ip default-gateway 192.168.5.1
*X(config)# ip default-gateway 192.168.5.126
X(config)# ip default-gateway 192.168.5.190
X(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.5.192
X(config)# ip route 192.168.5.0 255.255.255.192 192.168.5.1
18. Refer to the exhibit. Users on both SW1 and SW2 report that they are unable to communicate with each other. A network administrator issues show ip interface brief commands on both routers to troubleshoot the connectivity between the two networks. What action will correct the connectivity issue?
Configure a default route on router RA pointing to router RB.
Modify the network address of the serial link from a /30 to a /24.
Issue a clock rate command on the s0/0/0 interface on router RA.
*Issue a no shutdown command on the s0/0/0 interface on router RB.
Issue a debug ip rip on both routers to verify that the routing protocol is functioning properly.
19. Refer to the exhibit. Based on the output of the show port-security interface fastethernet0/1 command on the switch, which statement about the switch port is true?
The port has been shut down.
Only three unique MAC addresses are permitted to use this port.
*There are ten devices with different MAC addresses connected to this port.
Port security has been violated seven times on this port.
20. What step must be completed before port security can be enabled on an interface?
The interface must be shut down.
*The interface must be in access mode.
The maximum number of MAC addresses must be configured.
The violation mode must be configured.
21. Which three sets of commands are required to enable administrators to connect to a switch on the same LAN via Telnet for configuration and management? (Choose three.)
Switch1(config)# interface fa0/1
Switch1(config-if)# ip address 192.168.2.64 255.255.255.192
Switch1(config)# ip default-gateway 192.168.2.1
Switch1(config)# exit
*Switch1(config)# interface vlan 1
Switch1(config-if)# ip address 192.168.2.126 255.255.255.192
Switch1(config-if)# no shutdown
Switch1(config)# line con 0
Switch1(config-line)# enable password cisco
Switch1(config-line)# login
*Switch1(config)# line vty 0 15
Switch1(config-line)# password cisco
Switch1(config-line)# login
*Switch1(config)# enable secret class
22. Which two statements are true regarding the user EXEC mode? (Choose two.)
All router commands are available.
Global configuration mode can be accessed by entering the enable command.
*This is the default mode on an unconfigured router when first powered up.
Interfaces and routing protocols can be configured.
*Only some aspects of the router configuration can be viewed.
23. Which of the following identifies the correct items needed to initially configure a router?
1) DB-9-to-RJ-45 on the PC's serial port
2) a straight through cable
3) the router's console port
1) PC's Ethernet port
2) a crossover cable
3) the router's Ethernet port
1) DB-9-to-RJ-45 on the PC's serial port
2) a rollover cable
3) the router's Ethernet port
1) PC's Ethernet port
2) a rollover cable
3) the router's console port
*1) DB-9-to-RJ-45 on the PC's serial port
2) a rollover cable
3) the router's console port
1) PC's Ethernet port
2) a rollover cable
3) the router's Ethernet port
24. An administrator enters the show ip route command into a router. What type of information will be displayed?
the current configuration stored in RAM
*the networks learned from other neighbors
the encapsulation and bandwidth of every interface
the private IP addresses translated to public IP addresses
Switch1(config)# exit
25.A network technician is attempting to add an older workstation to a Cisco switched LAN. The technician has manually configured the workstation to full-duplex mode in order to enhance the network performance of the workstation. However, when the device is attached to the network, performance degrades and excess collision are detected. What is the cause of this problem?
The host is configured in a different subnet from the subnet of the switch.
*There is a duplex mismatch between the workstation and switch port.
The switch port is running at a different speed from the speed of the workstation NIC.
The host has been configured with a default gateway that is different from that of the switch.
*Router> enable
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# hostname LAB_A
Router> enable
Router# hostname LAB_A
Router> enable
Router# configure router
Router(config)# hostname LAB_A
Router> enable
Router(config)# host name LAB_A
2. Passwords can be used to restrict access to all or parts of the Cisco IOS. Select the modes and interfaces that can be protected with passwords. (Choose three.)
*VTY interface
*console interface
Ethernet interface
secret EXEC mode
*privileged EXEC mode
router configuration mode
3. A network administrator needs to configure a router. Which of the following connection methods requires network functionality to be accessible?
console
AUX
*Telnet
modem
4. Which tasks can be accomplished by using the command history feature? (Choose two.)
View a list of commands entered in a previous session.
Recall up to 15 command lines by default.
*Set the command history buffer size.
*Recall previously entered commands.
Save command lines in a log file for future reference.
5. A router has a valid operating system and a configuration stored in NVRAM. When the router boots up, which mode will display?
global configuration mode
setup mode
ROM monitor mode
*user EXEC mode
6. Which function is a unique responsibility of the DCE devices shown in the exhibit?
transmission of data
reception of data
*clocking for the synchronous link
noise cancellation in transmitted data
7. In what two ways does SDM differ from the IOS CLI? (Choose two.)
*SDM is used for in-band management only. The IOS CLI can be used for in-band and out-of-band management.
SDM is accessed through a Telnet application. The IOS CLI is accessed through a web browser.
SDM is available for all router platforms. The IOS CLI is available for a limited number of Cisco devices.
*SDM utilizes GUI buttons and text boxes. The IOS CLI requires the use of text-based commands.
SDM is used for advanced configuration tasks. The IOS CLI is preferred for initial basic device configuration.
8. What three settings can be made in the SDM Express basic configuration screen? (Choose three.)
*host name
DHCP options
*domain name
interface IP addresses
*enable secret password
DNS server IP addresses
9. Which three encapsulation types can be set on a serial interface by an administrator who is using SDM Express? (Choose three.)
ATM
CHAP
*Frame Relay
*HDLC
PAP
*PPP
10. What option within Cisco SDM Express must be configured to allow hosts that receive IP address settings from the router to resolve names on the network or Internet?
host name
domain name
DHCP address pool
*DNS server IP address
11. To save time, IOS commands may be partially entered and then completed by typing which key or key combination?
*Tab
Ctrl-P
Ctrl-N
Up Arrow
Right Arrow
Down Arrow
12. How does the SYST LED on the catalyst 2960 switch indicate a POST failure?
blinks rapidly amber
blinks rapidly green
*steady amber
steady green
13. Refer to the exhibit. From the router console, an administrator is unable to ping a Catalyst switch that is located in another building. What can the administrator do from her location to check the IP configuration of the attached switch?
Open an SDM session with the switch from her desktop.
Telnet to the switch from the router console.
*Use the show cdp neighbors detail command from the router console.
The administrator must go to the switch location and make a console connection to check these settings.
14. Which three pieces of information about a neighbor device can be obtained by the show cdp neighbors command? (Choose three.)
*platform
routing protocol
*connected interface of neighbor device
*device ID
IP addresses of all interfaces
enable mode password
15. Refer to the exhibit. Which series of commands will correctly configure the serial interface on Router2?
Router2(config)# interface S0/0/0
Router2(config-if)# ip address 192.168.6.11 255.255.255.252
Router2(config-if)# clock rate 64000
Router2(config-if)# no shutdown
Router2(config)# interface S0/0/0
Router2(config-if)# ip address 192.168.6.11 255.255.255.252
Router2(config-if)# no shutdown
Router2(config)# interface S0/0/0
Router2(config-if)# ip address 192.168.6.9 255.255.255.252
Router2(config-if)# clock rate 64000
Router2(config-if)# no shutdown
*Router2(config)# interface S0/0/0
Router2(config-if)# ip address 192.168.6.9 255.255.255.252
Router2(config-if)# no shutdown
16. When utilizing SDM Express, which two configuration options allow a router serial interface to obtain an IP address without manually configuring it? (Choose two.)
Static IP Address
Frame Relay encapsulation
*IP Negotiated
HDLC encapsulation
*IP Unnumbered
17. Refer to the exhibit. A company always uses the last valid IP address in a subnetwork as the IP address of the router LAN interface. A network administrator is using a laptop to configure switch X with a default gateway via the switch console port. The switch VLAN 1 interface is assigned IP address 192.168.5.68/26. What command will the administrator use to assign a default gateway to the switch?
X(config)# ip default-gateway 192.168.5.1
*X(config)# ip default-gateway 192.168.5.126
X(config)# ip default-gateway 192.168.5.190
X(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.5.192
X(config)# ip route 192.168.5.0 255.255.255.192 192.168.5.1
18. Refer to the exhibit. Users on both SW1 and SW2 report that they are unable to communicate with each other. A network administrator issues show ip interface brief commands on both routers to troubleshoot the connectivity between the two networks. What action will correct the connectivity issue?
Configure a default route on router RA pointing to router RB.
Modify the network address of the serial link from a /30 to a /24.
Issue a clock rate command on the s0/0/0 interface on router RA.
*Issue a no shutdown command on the s0/0/0 interface on router RB.
Issue a debug ip rip on both routers to verify that the routing protocol is functioning properly.
19. Refer to the exhibit. Based on the output of the show port-security interface fastethernet0/1 command on the switch, which statement about the switch port is true?
The port has been shut down.
Only three unique MAC addresses are permitted to use this port.
*There are ten devices with different MAC addresses connected to this port.
Port security has been violated seven times on this port.
20. What step must be completed before port security can be enabled on an interface?
The interface must be shut down.
*The interface must be in access mode.
The maximum number of MAC addresses must be configured.
The violation mode must be configured.
21. Which three sets of commands are required to enable administrators to connect to a switch on the same LAN via Telnet for configuration and management? (Choose three.)
Switch1(config)# interface fa0/1
Switch1(config-if)# ip address 192.168.2.64 255.255.255.192
Switch1(config)# ip default-gateway 192.168.2.1
Switch1(config)# exit
*Switch1(config)# interface vlan 1
Switch1(config-if)# ip address 192.168.2.126 255.255.255.192
Switch1(config-if)# no shutdown
Switch1(config)# line con 0
Switch1(config-line)# enable password cisco
Switch1(config-line)# login
*Switch1(config)# line vty 0 15
Switch1(config-line)# password cisco
Switch1(config-line)# login
*Switch1(config)# enable secret class
22. Which two statements are true regarding the user EXEC mode? (Choose two.)
All router commands are available.
Global configuration mode can be accessed by entering the enable command.
*This is the default mode on an unconfigured router when first powered up.
Interfaces and routing protocols can be configured.
*Only some aspects of the router configuration can be viewed.
23. Which of the following identifies the correct items needed to initially configure a router?
1) DB-9-to-RJ-45 on the PC's serial port
2) a straight through cable
3) the router's console port
1) PC's Ethernet port
2) a crossover cable
3) the router's Ethernet port
1) DB-9-to-RJ-45 on the PC's serial port
2) a rollover cable
3) the router's Ethernet port
1) PC's Ethernet port
2) a rollover cable
3) the router's console port
*1) DB-9-to-RJ-45 on the PC's serial port
2) a rollover cable
3) the router's console port
1) PC's Ethernet port
2) a rollover cable
3) the router's Ethernet port
24. An administrator enters the show ip route command into a router. What type of information will be displayed?
the current configuration stored in RAM
*the networks learned from other neighbors
the encapsulation and bandwidth of every interface
the private IP addresses translated to public IP addresses
Switch1(config)# exit
25.A network technician is attempting to add an older workstation to a Cisco switched LAN. The technician has manually configured the workstation to full-duplex mode in order to enhance the network performance of the workstation. However, when the device is attached to the network, performance degrades and excess collision are detected. What is the cause of this problem?
The host is configured in a different subnet from the subnet of the switch.
*There is a duplex mismatch between the workstation and switch port.
The switch port is running at a different speed from the speed of the workstation NIC.
The host has been configured with a default gateway that is different from that of the switch.
Which
two statements are true about the NVRAM on a Cisco device?(Choose two.)
stores
the routing table
retains
contents when power is removed
stores
the startup configuration file
contains
the running configuration file
stores
the ARP table
1.
What is
the purpose of a routing protocol?
*It allows a router to share information about known networks with other routers.
2. Why is fast convergence desirable in networks that use dynamic routing protocols?
*Routers may make incorrect forwarding decisions until the network has converged.
3. In which situation would a company register for its own autonomous system number (ASN)?
*when the company uses two or more ISPs
4. What term refers to a group of networks that uses the same internal routing policies and is controlled by a single administrative authority?
*autonomous system
5. Which protocol is an exterior routing protocol?
*BGP
6. What device enables an ISP to connect with other ISPs to transfer data?
*border gateway router
7. Which part of an IP packet does the router use to make routing decisions?
*destination IP address
8. What statement is true regarding an AS number?
*AS numbers are controlled and registered for Internet use.
9. Which routing protocol is used to exchange data between two different ISPs?
*BGP
10. Consider this routing table entry:
R 172.16.1.0/24 [120/1] via 200.1.1.1 00:00:27 Serial0/1
What type of route is this?
*a RIP route
11. Refer to the exhibit. If all routers are running RIP and network 10.0.0.0 goes down, when will R3 learn that the network is no longer available?
*immediately
12. What information is included in RIPv2 routing updates that is not included in RIPv1 updates?
*subnet mask
13. What two types of businesses would benefit from registering as their own autonomous systems? (Choose two.)
*a global business with connections to multiple local ISPs
*a medium-sized nationwide business with Internet connectivity through different ISPs
14. Which two statements describe static routes? (Choose two.)
*They require manual reconfiguration to accommodate network changes.
*They are identified in the routing table with the prefix S
15. What is the difference between interior and exterior routing protocols?
*Interior routing protocols are used to communicate within a single autonomous system.
16. Refer to the exhibit. Which configuration command or commands contributed to the output that is shown?
*routerA(config-router)# network 192.168.3.0
17. Refer to the exhibit. All of the routers are running RIP. There are two paths from router A to the 192.168.3.0 network. Based on the output of the show ip route command on router A, which route was entered into the routing table and why?
*A,B,C,D because it has the lowest metric
18. What is the purpose of the network command in configuring RIP?
*to identify the directly connected networks that will be announced in RIP updates
19. Refer to the exhibit. If connectivity between the two hosts is maintained, what is the maximum number of RIP routers that can be in the path from HostA to HostB?
*15
20. Refer to the exhibit. Router B receives a packet with a destination address of 10.16.1.97. What will router B do?
*use the default route
*It allows a router to share information about known networks with other routers.
2. Why is fast convergence desirable in networks that use dynamic routing protocols?
*Routers may make incorrect forwarding decisions until the network has converged.
3. In which situation would a company register for its own autonomous system number (ASN)?
*when the company uses two or more ISPs
4. What term refers to a group of networks that uses the same internal routing policies and is controlled by a single administrative authority?
*autonomous system
5. Which protocol is an exterior routing protocol?
*BGP
6. What device enables an ISP to connect with other ISPs to transfer data?
*border gateway router
7. Which part of an IP packet does the router use to make routing decisions?
*destination IP address
8. What statement is true regarding an AS number?
*AS numbers are controlled and registered for Internet use.
9. Which routing protocol is used to exchange data between two different ISPs?
*BGP
10. Consider this routing table entry:
R 172.16.1.0/24 [120/1] via 200.1.1.1 00:00:27 Serial0/1
What type of route is this?
*a RIP route
11. Refer to the exhibit. If all routers are running RIP and network 10.0.0.0 goes down, when will R3 learn that the network is no longer available?
*immediately
12. What information is included in RIPv2 routing updates that is not included in RIPv1 updates?
*subnet mask
13. What two types of businesses would benefit from registering as their own autonomous systems? (Choose two.)
*a global business with connections to multiple local ISPs
*a medium-sized nationwide business with Internet connectivity through different ISPs
14. Which two statements describe static routes? (Choose two.)
*They require manual reconfiguration to accommodate network changes.
*They are identified in the routing table with the prefix S
15. What is the difference between interior and exterior routing protocols?
*Interior routing protocols are used to communicate within a single autonomous system.
16. Refer to the exhibit. Which configuration command or commands contributed to the output that is shown?
*routerA(config-router)# network 192.168.3.0
17. Refer to the exhibit. All of the routers are running RIP. There are two paths from router A to the 192.168.3.0 network. Based on the output of the show ip route command on router A, which route was entered into the routing table and why?
*A,B,C,D because it has the lowest metric
18. What is the purpose of the network command in configuring RIP?
*to identify the directly connected networks that will be announced in RIP updates
19. Refer to the exhibit. If connectivity between the two hosts is maintained, what is the maximum number of RIP routers that can be in the path from HostA to HostB?
*15
20. Refer to the exhibit. Router B receives a packet with a destination address of 10.16.1.97. What will router B do?
*use the default route
2.
18. A
network is converged and the routing tables are complete. When a packet needs
to be forwarded, what is the first criterion used to determine the best path in
the routing table?
the route with the longest address and mask match to the destination
the route with the longest address and mask match to the destination
3.
1. A
client is communicating with a server on a different segment of the network.
How does the server determine what service is being requested by the client?
applies the default service configured in directory services
uses ARP to discover the appropriate service from the local router
sends a request to the client asking for the appropriate service
*identifies the appropriate service from the destination port field
2. What is the function of the TCP three-way handshake?
It enables the synchronization of port numbers between source and destination hosts.
It immediately triggers the retransmission of lost data.
*It synchronizes both ends of a connection by allowing both sides to agree upon initial sequence numbers.
It identifies the destination application on the receiving host.
3. What are three unique characteristics of UDP? (Choose three.)
connection oriented
full-duplex operation
*low overhead
*no flow control
*no error-recovery function
reliable transmission
4. Within TCP, what combination makes up a socket pair?
source port with destination port
source IP address with destination port
source IP address and destination IP address
*source IP address and port with a destination IP address and port
5. What type of update allows client computers to register and update their resource records with a DNS server whenever changes occur?
*dynamic
zone transfer
local recursive query
root domain query
top-level domain query
6. Which DNS zone resolves an IP address to a qualified domain name?
dynamic lookup
forward lookup
resolution lookup
*reverse lookup
7. Which two tasks are the responsibility of the local DNS server? (Choose two.)
maintaining a large number of cached DNS entries
maintaining the ISP server
*mapping name-to-IP addresses for internal hosts
*forwarding name resolution requests to a caching-only server
forwarding all name resolution requests to root servers on the Internet
8. Which protocol is used to send e-mail, either from a client to a server or from a server to another server?
SNMP
FTP
*SMTP
HTTPS
9. A manufacturing company subscribes to certain hosted services from their ISP. The services required include hosted world wide web, file transfer, and e-mail. Which protocols represent these three key applications? (Choose three.)
*FTP
*HTTP
DNS
SNMP
DHCP
*SMTP
10. To meet customer expectations, an ISP must guarantee a level of service that is based on what two factors? (Choose two.)
accessibility
adaptability
*availability
*reliability
scalability
11. Which two statements are true about the OSI and TCP/IP models? (Choose two.)
The two bottom layers of the TCP/IP model make up the bottom layer of the OSI model.
The TCP/IP model is a theoretical model and the OSI model is based on actual protocols.
*The OSI network layer is comparable to the Internet layer of the TCP/IP model.
The TCP/IP model specifies protocols for the physical network interconnection.
*The TCP/IP model is based on four layers and the OSI model is based on seven layers.
12. What type of DNS server is typically maintained by an ISP?
*caching-only
root
second-level
top-level
13. Which two options correctly match protocol and well-known port number? (Choose two.)
DNS - 25
FTP - 110
*HTTP - 80
POP3 - 25
*SMTP - 25
14. What are three characteristics of HTTPS? (Choose three.)
It uses a different client request-server response process than HTTP uses.
It specifies additional rules for passing data between the application and data link layers.
*It supports authentication.
It allows more simultaneous connections than HTTP allows.
*It encrypts packets with SSL.
*It requires additional server processing time.
15. User1 is sending an e-mail to User2@cisco.com. What are two characteristics of the process of sending this data? (Choose two.)
It utilizes TCP port 110.
A TCP connection is established directly between the User1 and User2 client computers in order to send the e-mail message.
*It utilizes a store and forward process.
The same application layer protocol is used to send the e-mail and retrieve it from the destination server.
*SMTP is used to send the e-mail message to the mail servers.
16. Which three fields do a TCP header and a UDP header have in common? (Choose three.)
*source port
window
*checksum
*destination port
acknowledgment number
sequence number
17. When a host is communicating with multiple applications on the same server at the same time, which two values will likely be the same in all packets for each session? (Choose two.)
*IP address
*MAC address
session number
sequence number
18. What are three characteristics of network reliability? (Choose three.)
*Redundant hardware provides enhanced reliability.
Reliability is measured based on the number of applications in use on the network.
The longer the MTTR, the greater the reliability.
*Fault tolerance is a measure of reliability.
*The longer the MTBF, the greater the reliability.
An ISP guarantees the same level of reliability to all of its customers.
19. Refer to the exhibit. Host1 is in the process of setting up a TCP session with Host2. Host1 has sent a SYN message to begin session establishment. What happens next?
Host1 sends an ACK message to Host2.
Host1 sends a SYN message to Host2.
Host1 sends a SYN-ACK message to Host2.
Host2 sends an ACK message to Host1.
Host2 sends a SYN message to Host1.
*Host2 sends a SYN-ACK message to Host1.
20. Refer to the exhibit. The PC is requesting HTTP data from the server. What is a valid representation of source and destination sockets for this request?
Source - 192.168.1.17:80 ; Destination - 192.168.2.39:80
Source - 192.168.1.17:80 ; Destination - 192.168.2.39:1045
*Source - 192.168.1.17:1045 ; Destination - 192.168.2.39:80
Source - 192.168.1.17:1045 ; Destination - 192.168.2.39:1061
21. Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements are true about this file? (Choose two.)
If the gateway address changes, the file will be updated dynamically.
*The command ping fileserv will use IP address 172.16.5.10.
*If the ping www.cisco.com command is issued, the file will be checked for the Cisco web server IP address before DNS is queried.
The command ping mypc will use IP address 172.16.5.1.
Name to IP address mappings are added to the file after they are received from DNS.
applies the default service configured in directory services
uses ARP to discover the appropriate service from the local router
sends a request to the client asking for the appropriate service
*identifies the appropriate service from the destination port field
2. What is the function of the TCP three-way handshake?
It enables the synchronization of port numbers between source and destination hosts.
It immediately triggers the retransmission of lost data.
*It synchronizes both ends of a connection by allowing both sides to agree upon initial sequence numbers.
It identifies the destination application on the receiving host.
3. What are three unique characteristics of UDP? (Choose three.)
connection oriented
full-duplex operation
*low overhead
*no flow control
*no error-recovery function
reliable transmission
4. Within TCP, what combination makes up a socket pair?
source port with destination port
source IP address with destination port
source IP address and destination IP address
*source IP address and port with a destination IP address and port
5. What type of update allows client computers to register and update their resource records with a DNS server whenever changes occur?
*dynamic
zone transfer
local recursive query
root domain query
top-level domain query
6. Which DNS zone resolves an IP address to a qualified domain name?
dynamic lookup
forward lookup
resolution lookup
*reverse lookup
7. Which two tasks are the responsibility of the local DNS server? (Choose two.)
maintaining a large number of cached DNS entries
maintaining the ISP server
*mapping name-to-IP addresses for internal hosts
*forwarding name resolution requests to a caching-only server
forwarding all name resolution requests to root servers on the Internet
8. Which protocol is used to send e-mail, either from a client to a server or from a server to another server?
SNMP
FTP
*SMTP
HTTPS
9. A manufacturing company subscribes to certain hosted services from their ISP. The services required include hosted world wide web, file transfer, and e-mail. Which protocols represent these three key applications? (Choose three.)
*FTP
*HTTP
DNS
SNMP
DHCP
*SMTP
10. To meet customer expectations, an ISP must guarantee a level of service that is based on what two factors? (Choose two.)
accessibility
adaptability
*availability
*reliability
scalability
11. Which two statements are true about the OSI and TCP/IP models? (Choose two.)
The two bottom layers of the TCP/IP model make up the bottom layer of the OSI model.
The TCP/IP model is a theoretical model and the OSI model is based on actual protocols.
*The OSI network layer is comparable to the Internet layer of the TCP/IP model.
The TCP/IP model specifies protocols for the physical network interconnection.
*The TCP/IP model is based on four layers and the OSI model is based on seven layers.
12. What type of DNS server is typically maintained by an ISP?
*caching-only
root
second-level
top-level
13. Which two options correctly match protocol and well-known port number? (Choose two.)
DNS - 25
FTP - 110
*HTTP - 80
POP3 - 25
*SMTP - 25
14. What are three characteristics of HTTPS? (Choose three.)
It uses a different client request-server response process than HTTP uses.
It specifies additional rules for passing data between the application and data link layers.
*It supports authentication.
It allows more simultaneous connections than HTTP allows.
*It encrypts packets with SSL.
*It requires additional server processing time.
15. User1 is sending an e-mail to User2@cisco.com. What are two characteristics of the process of sending this data? (Choose two.)
It utilizes TCP port 110.
A TCP connection is established directly between the User1 and User2 client computers in order to send the e-mail message.
*It utilizes a store and forward process.
The same application layer protocol is used to send the e-mail and retrieve it from the destination server.
*SMTP is used to send the e-mail message to the mail servers.
16. Which three fields do a TCP header and a UDP header have in common? (Choose three.)
*source port
window
*checksum
*destination port
acknowledgment number
sequence number
17. When a host is communicating with multiple applications on the same server at the same time, which two values will likely be the same in all packets for each session? (Choose two.)
*IP address
*MAC address
session number
sequence number
18. What are three characteristics of network reliability? (Choose three.)
*Redundant hardware provides enhanced reliability.
Reliability is measured based on the number of applications in use on the network.
The longer the MTTR, the greater the reliability.
*Fault tolerance is a measure of reliability.
*The longer the MTBF, the greater the reliability.
An ISP guarantees the same level of reliability to all of its customers.
19. Refer to the exhibit. Host1 is in the process of setting up a TCP session with Host2. Host1 has sent a SYN message to begin session establishment. What happens next?
Host1 sends an ACK message to Host2.
Host1 sends a SYN message to Host2.
Host1 sends a SYN-ACK message to Host2.
Host2 sends an ACK message to Host1.
Host2 sends a SYN message to Host1.
*Host2 sends a SYN-ACK message to Host1.
20. Refer to the exhibit. The PC is requesting HTTP data from the server. What is a valid representation of source and destination sockets for this request?
Source - 192.168.1.17:80 ; Destination - 192.168.2.39:80
Source - 192.168.1.17:80 ; Destination - 192.168.2.39:1045
*Source - 192.168.1.17:1045 ; Destination - 192.168.2.39:80
Source - 192.168.1.17:1045 ; Destination - 192.168.2.39:1061
21. Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements are true about this file? (Choose two.)
If the gateway address changes, the file will be updated dynamically.
*The command ping fileserv will use IP address 172.16.5.10.
*If the ping www.cisco.com command is issued, the file will be checked for the Cisco web server IP address before DNS is queried.
The command ping mypc will use IP address 172.16.5.1.
Name to IP address mappings are added to the file after they are received from DNS.
4.
6.
Which two statements describe the FTP protocol? (Choose two.)
• It uses well-known port 23.
• The protocol interpreter is responsible for the data transfer function.
• In passive data connections, the FTP client initiates the transfer of data.
• It requires two connections between client and server.
• FTP servers open a well-known port on the client machine.
• It uses well-known port 23.
• The protocol interpreter is responsible for the data transfer function.
• In passive data connections, the FTP client initiates the transfer of data.
• It requires two connections between client and server.
• FTP servers open a well-known port on the client machine.
1. Which benefit does SSH offer over Telnet when remotely managing a
router?
*encryption
TCP usage
authorization
connection using six VTY lines
2. Which means of communication does an SNMP network agent use to provide a network management station with important but unsolicited information?
query
broadcast
ICMP ping
*trap
poll
3. What is the term used to describe the area of a network which stores servers that are accessible to any users from the Internet?
"clean" LAN
intranet
*DMZ
extranet
4. Before a technician upgrades a server, it is necessary to back up all data. Which type of backup is necessary to ensure that all data is backed up?
daily
differential
*full
incremental
partial
5. A company wants to configure a firewall to monitor all channels of communication and allow only traffic that is part of a known connection. Which firewall configuration should be deployed?
packet filtering
proxy
*stateful packet inspection
stateless packet inspection
6. Which three protocols describe methods that can be used to secure user data for transmission across the internet? (Choose three.)
SMTP
*IPSEC
*SSL
*HTTPS
FTP
TFTP
7. What network layer security protocol can secure any application layer protocol used for communication?
HTTPS
IMAP
FTPS
*IPSEC
TLS
8. Which three items are normally included when a log message is generated by a syslog client and forwarded to a syslog server? (Choose three.)
*date and time of message
*ID of sending device
length of message
*message ID
checksum fieldA hacker has gained access to sensitive network files. In analyzing the attack, it is found that the hacker gained access over a wireless segment of the network. It is further discovered that the only security measure in place on the wireless network is MAC Address Filtering. How is it likely that the hacker gained access to the network?
*encryption
TCP usage
authorization
connection using six VTY lines
2. Which means of communication does an SNMP network agent use to provide a network management station with important but unsolicited information?
query
broadcast
ICMP ping
*trap
poll
3. What is the term used to describe the area of a network which stores servers that are accessible to any users from the Internet?
"clean" LAN
intranet
*DMZ
extranet
4. Before a technician upgrades a server, it is necessary to back up all data. Which type of backup is necessary to ensure that all data is backed up?
daily
differential
*full
incremental
partial
5. A company wants to configure a firewall to monitor all channels of communication and allow only traffic that is part of a known connection. Which firewall configuration should be deployed?
packet filtering
proxy
*stateful packet inspection
stateless packet inspection
6. Which three protocols describe methods that can be used to secure user data for transmission across the internet? (Choose three.)
SMTP
*IPSEC
*SSL
*HTTPS
FTP
TFTP
7. What network layer security protocol can secure any application layer protocol used for communication?
HTTPS
IMAP
FTPS
*IPSEC
TLS
8. Which three items are normally included when a log message is generated by a syslog client and forwarded to a syslog server? (Choose three.)
*date and time of message
*ID of sending device
length of message
*message ID
checksum fieldA hacker has gained access to sensitive network files. In analyzing the attack, it is found that the hacker gained access over a wireless segment of the network. It is further discovered that the only security measure in place on the wireless network is MAC Address Filtering. How is it likely that the hacker gained access to the network?
community ID
9. What AAA component assigns varying levels of rights to users of network resources?
auditing
accounting
*authorization
access control
authentication
acknowledgement
10. A network administrator is assigning network permissions to new groups of users and employing the principle of least privilege. Which two actions should the administrator take? (Choose two.)
*Provide users with only the access to resources required to do their jobs.
*Provide the minimum level of permissions required for users to do their jobs.
Remove all permissions from the users and grant permissions as they are requested.
Allow users to decide how much permission they need to accomplish their job tasks.
Provide full access to the users and gradually remove privileges over time.
11. A hacker has gained access to sensitive network files. In analyzing the attack, it is found that the hacker gained access over a wireless segment of the network. It is further discovered that the only security measure in place on the wireless network is MAC Address Filtering. How is it likely that the hacker gained access to the network?
The hacker used a software tool to crack the shared hexadecimal wireless key.
*The hacker obtained the MAC address of a permitted host, and cloned it on his wireless laptop NIC.
The attacker mounted a denial of service attack to overwhelm the firewall before penetrating the wireless LAN.
The hacker gained wireless access to the MAC address database and added his own MAC address to the list of permitted addresses.
12. What is the advantage of using WPA to secure a wireless network?
It uses a 128-bit pre-shared hexadecimal key to prevent unauthorized wireless access.
*It uses an advanced encryption key that is never transmitted between host and access point.
It is supported on older wireless hardware, thus providing maximum compatibility with enterprise equipment.
It requires the MAC address of a network device that is requesting wireless access to be on a list of approved MAC addresses.
13. hat are two potential problems with using tape media to back up server data? (Choose two.)
Tape is not a cost-effective means of backing up data.
Data tapes are difficult to store offsite.
*Data tapes are prone to failure and must be replaced often.
*Tape drives require regular cleaning to maintain reliability.
Backup logs are not available with tape backup solutions.
14. Refer to the exhibit. While the user on router A is connected to router B through telnet, the CTRL-SHIFT-6 x keystroke is entered. What effect does this have?
It logs the user out of router A.
*It suspends the connection to router B.
It closes the connection to router B.
It logs the user out of both router A and router B.
15. What two measures help to verify that server backups have been successfully completed? (Choose two.)
*reviewing backup logs
*performing a trial restore
performing full backups only
replacing tape backup with hard disk-based backup
using an autoloader when backups require more than one tape
16. Which three applications can be used for in-band management? (Choose three.)
FTP
*HTTP
*SNMP
*Telnet
TFTP
DHCP
17. Which two characteristics of network traffic are being monitored if a network technician configures the company firewall to operate as a packet filter? (Choose two.)
*ports
physical addresses
packet size
frame sequence number
*protocols
18. Which AAA service provides detailed reporting and monitoring of network user behavior, and also keeps a record of every access connection and device configuration change across the network?
authentication
accreditation
*accounting
authorization
19. While downloading an IOS image from a TFTP server, an administrator sees long strings of exclamation marks (!) output to the console. What does this mean?
*The transfer is working.
The TFTP server is not responding.
The IOS file is corrupt and is failing the checksum verification.
There is not enough space in flash to hold the image.
20. What does the command copy flash tftp accomplish?
*It copies the IOS in flash to a TFTP server.
It copies the startup-configuration file in flash to a TFTP server.
It copies the running-configuration file in flash to a TFTP server.
It copies the configuration register settings in flash to a TFTP server.
17. When is the use of out-of-band network management necessary?
• when a server needs to be monitored across the network
• when the management interface of a device is not reachable across the network
• when enhanced monitoring features are required to gain an overall view of the entire network
• when it is desirable to use the information that is provided by SNMP
• when a server needs to be monitored across the network
• when the management interface of a device is not reachable across the network
• when enhanced monitoring features are required to gain an overall view of the entire network
• when it is desirable to use the information that is provided by SNMP
Cisco-Training.net
How many usable host addresses does the 192.168.1.0/25 subnet provide?
254
128
127
126***
64
62
2
A network technician has isolated a problem at the transport layer of
the OSI
model. Which question would provide further information about the
problem?
Do you have a firewall that is configured on your PC?***
Do you have a link light on your network card?
Is your PC configured to obtain addressing information using DHCP?
What default gateway address is configured in your TCP/IP settings?
Can you ping http://www.cisco.com?
3
Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is in the process of
sending a
preconfigured text file to a router. When the administrator pastes the
configuration into the router, an error message appears. What is the
problem
with
the IP addressing scheme?
Serial0/0 is configured with a network address.
The IP address on FastEthernet0/0 overlaps with the IP on
FastEthernet0/1.
Serial0/1 is configured with a broadcast address.
The IP address on FastEthernet0/0 overlaps with the IP on Serial0/1.***
4
A user can access any web page on the Internet but cannot access e-mail.
What
troubleshooting method would be most efficient for troubleshooting this
issue?
top-down***
bottom-up
divide-and-conquer
impossible to determine from this information
5
Refer to the exhibit. What are two possible causes for the interface
status?
(Choose two.)
The loopback address is not set.
The encapsulation type is mismatched.***
A cable is not attached to the interface.
Keepalive messages are not being received.***
The interface is administratively shut down.
Cisco-Training.net
6
Refer to the exhibit. Host H1 on the LAN is not able to access the FTP
server
across the Internet. Which two configuration statements are causing this
problem?
(Choose two.)
There is no route to the Internet.
The IP address on Fa0/0 is incorrect.
The IP address on S0/0/0 is incorrect.
The NAT command on the Fa0/0 interface is applied in the wrong
direction.***
The NAT command on the S0/0/0 interface is applied in the wrong
direction.***
7
Which two conditions identify issues that are confined to Layer 1?
(Choose
two.)
cables that exceed maximum length***
encapsulation errors
viruses and worms that create excessive broadcast traffic
poor termination of cables***
receiving "line protocol down" messages on the router console
8
A network administrator is upgrading a Cisco 1841 router by adding a
WIC-2T
module
card. Which show command can the administrator use to verify that the
module
is
correctly recognized by the router?
show flash:
show version***
show ip route
show startup-configuration
9
Hosts on two separate subnets cannot communicate. The network
administrator
suspects a missing route in one of the routing tables. Which three
commands can
be
used to help troubleshoot Layer 3 connectivity issues? (Choose three.)
ping***
show arp
traceroute***
show ip route***
show controllers
show cdp neighbor
Cisco-Training.net
10
Refer to the exhibit. Which statement is true regarding the IP address
configuration?
Interfaces Fa0/0 and Fa0/1 can be in the same subnet.
Interface Fa0/0 and NetworkA can be in the same subnet.
Interface Fa0/0 and NetworkB can be in the same subnet.***
Interface Fa0/1 and NetworkB can be in the same subnet.
11
A network administrator plugs a new PC into a switch port. The LED for
that
port
changes to solid green. What statement best describes the current status
of the
port?
There is a duplex mismatch error.
There is a link fault error. This port is unable to forward frames.
The port is operational and ready to transmit packets.***
This port has been disabled by management and is unable to forward
frames.
The flash memory is busy.
12
Refer to the exhibit. Which three statements are true about the output
of the
show
ip interface brief command? (Choose three.)
FastEthernet0/0 is functioning correctly.***
The shutdown command has been applied on Serial0/0.***
FastEthernet0/0 was configured by the startup-config at bootup.
Serial0/0 is experiencing a Layer 1 network problem.
FastEthernet0/1 is experiencing a Layer 2 network problem.***
Because the port is down, Serial0/1 has an IP address that does not show
in
the output.
13
Refer to the exhibit. Users on the 10.12.10.0/24 network are unable to
access
anyone on the 10.10.10.0/24 network. What two problems exist in the
network?
(Choose two.)
R2 is using a different version of RIP.***
R2 has a missing network statement.***
R1 has an incorrect network statement.
R3 has an incorrect network statement.
A routing loop is occurring between all three routers.
14
Refer to the exhibit. The PC is trying to ping router B at 192.168.2.2,
but it
fails. What is the problem?
The PC is on the wrong subnet.
Cisco-Training.net
The default gateway on the PC should be 192.168.1.1.***
The default gateway should be 192.168.2.2.
The DNS server is incorrect.
The IP address for Fa0/0 on router A is incorrect.
15
An administrator is creating a lab to simulate a WAN connection. During
the
setup,
the administrator notices that there are different encapsulation types
on each end
of the serial connection. At what layer of the OSI model is this problem
occurring?
Layer 2***
Layer 4
Layer 5
Layer 6
16
Refer to the exhibit. A router initially boots up to ROMMON mode. The
administrator enters the dir flash: command and sees the output that is
shown.
What should the administrator do next?
Load a new IOS onto the router by the use of TFTP.
Load a new IOS onto the router via XMODEM.
Boot the router using the reset command in ROMMON.***
Erase the file in flash and reboot the router.
17
A PC is able to reach devices that are located both inside and outside
the
network. However, when trying to reach an FTP server that is located on
the
same
subnet, the PC fails to make a connection. The administrator has several
other
PCs
that are located in the same subnet try a connection to the FTP server
and they
are successful. Which troubleshooting tool can be used to determine the
problem
between the PC and the FTP server?
cable tester
digital multimeter
protocol analyzer***
network analyzer
18
Refer to the exhibit. Which IP address is misconfigured and is causing
connectivity problems between hosts and servers?
HostA
HostB
Server1
Cisco-Training.net
Server2***
R1 Fa0/0
R1 Fa0/1
19
Which problem is associated with Layer 4 of the OSI model?
A firewall is blocking Telnet packets to a host.***
A host has an incorrect IP address.
A router has no route to a host.
A host sent a malformed HTTP request.
20
A user is having trouble accessing the Internet. A network administrator
begins
by
verifying that the IP address of the PC is correctly configured. Next
the
administrator pings the default gateway. Based on this information, what
type of
troubleshooting method is the administrator employing?
top-down
bottom-up
divide-and-conquer***
impossible to determine from this information
final
ccna2_form1a-ver.4.1
How many host addresses may be assigned on each
subnetwork when using the 130.68.0.0 network address with a subnet mask of
255.255.248.0?
30
256
*2046
2048
4094
4096
In an IPv4 environment, what information is used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to another?
*destination network address
source network address
source MAC address
well known port destination address
A company is developing an Internet store for its website. Which protocol should be used to transfer credit card information from customers to the company web server?
FTPS
HTTP
*HTTPS
WEP2
TFTP
How do port filtering and access lists help provide network security?
*They prevent specified types of traffic from reaching specified network destinations.
They alert network administrators to various type of denial of service attacks as they occur.
They prevent viruses, worms, and Trojans from infecting host computers and servers.
They enable encryption and authentication of confidential data communications.
A user reports being unable to access the Internet. The help desk technician employs a bottom-up approach to troubleshooting. The technician first has the user check the patch cable connection from the PC to the wall, and then has the user verify that the NIC has a green link light. What will the technician have the user do next?
Enter an IP address into the WWW browser address bar to see if DNS is at fault.
Use traceroute to identify the device along the path to the ISP that may be at fault.
*Verify the IP address, subnet, and gateway settings using ipconfig on the PC.
Connect to the user home router to check firewall settings for blocked TCP ports.
Refer to the exhibit. Which combination of cables and symbols is correct?
A - crossover, B - straight-through, C - straight-through
A - crossover, B - rollover, C - straight-through
*A - straight-through, B -crossover, C - straight-through
A - straight-through, B -straight-through, C - straight-through
A - straight-through, B - straight-through, C - crossover
A - rollover, B - straight-through, C - straight-through
Refer to the exhibit. Which command would an administrator use to configure the router name?
Router# ip hostname Boise
Router# hostname Boise
Router(config-line)# name Boise
*Router(config)# hostname Boise
Router> ip hostname Boise
How does a switch interface that uses sticky port security handle MAC addresses?
The addresses are configured manually and are saved in the running configuration.
They are configured manually and are not saved in the running configuration.
*They are configured dynamically and are saved in the running configuration.
They are configured dynamically and are not saved in the running configuration.
Which statement describes a feature of TCP?
It provides low overhead data delivery.
*It acknowledges the receipt of packets.
It does not provide error checking.
It is a connectionless protocol.
Which cable type is used to interconnect the FastEthernet interfaces of two routers?
straight-through
*crossover
console
rollover
Which routing protocol facilitates the exchange of routing information between different autonomous systems?
OSPF
EIGRP
RIP
*BGP
Which statement is true about the reverse lookup DNS zone?
It is most commonly experienced when users are surfing the Internet.
It is the backup for the forward lookup zone.
It dynamically updates the resource records.
*It resolves an IP address to a fully qualified domain name.
Which statement correctly describes the function of AAA?
*It prevents unauthorized access to a network.
It filters traffic based on destination IP and port number.
It enables users to send information to a daemon that is running on a management station.
It encrypts data to provide network security.
Which two services are required to enable a computer to receive dynamic IP addresses and access the Internet using domain names? (Choose two.)
*DNS
WINS
HTTP
*DHCP
SMTP
A network administrator wants to configure six subnets for a Class C network. Which subnet mask will support the maximum number of hosts on each subnet?
255.255.255.248
255.255.255.240
*255.255.255.224
255.255.255.192
A building has experienced a power outage. When the power returns, none of the devices on one floor can access the Internet. The network administrator checks the switch in the IDF that these devices are connected to and notes that the SYST LED on the front of the switch is amber.
What is a possible cause of this problem?
The switch is functioning properly.
*The switch has failed POST.
The switch configuration file was not saved to NVRAM.
The connection between the switch and the server did not autonegotiate speed and duplex properly.
What is the effect of issuing the banner login #Unauthorized login prohibited# command on a router?
*It will display the message "Unauthorized login prohibited" before the router prompts for a user name.
It replaces the banner motd command.
It causes the router to prompt for login credentials for any user who is attempting to connect to the router.
It causes the message "Unauthorized access prohibited" to display when a HyperTerminal connection is idle.
Which statement correctly describes MIB?
It is software that is installed on a device which in turn is managed by SNMP.
It is installed on a system that is used to monitor networking devices.
*It is a database that a device keeps about itself concerning network performance parameters.
It is a communication protocol that is used between the management station and the management agent.
Which type of WAN connection uses a circuit-switched network?
*ISDN
Frame Relay
DSL
Cable
Refer to the exhibit. Which three IP addresses could be assigned to the hosts? (Choose three.)
192.168.88.1
192.168.88.8
*192.168.88.9
*192.168.88.12
*192.168.88.14
192.168.88.15
192.168.88.16
192.168.88.18
A network engineer is asked to specify the type of cable for a new network installation. The engineer plans horizontal cable runs of less than 90 feet (27.4 meters) using cable that is not expensive and is easy to implement. It will be positioned away from electrically noisy areas to avoid EMI. Which cable should the engineer choose?
STP
*UTP
coaxial
fiber optic
For the assignment of permissions to files and folders, what does the "principle of least privilege" imply?
No user has more privileges than any other user.
Permissions to files are given based on seniority.
*Users only have access to resources that are necessary for their jobs.
Users should be given no access to computer resources until they ask.
Which application can be delivered using UDP?
FTP
*DNS
HTTP
SMTP
Which technology is used for WAN connections and delivers up to 1.544 Mb/s of symmetrical bandwidth?
DSL
dialup
*T1 line
T3 line
Which WAN service provides point-to-point connections with a predefined communications path?
E1
T1
dialup
*leased line
What is the primary function of a Level 1 support technician in an ISP help desk department with multiple levels of customer support?
to install hardware replacements for the customer
to accompany an on-site technician to provide additional technical support
*to diagnose and document the symptoms of hardware, software, and system problems
to design network enhancements that support the new technology requirements of the customer
A user calls a help desk about being unable to connect to a web server. The technician asks the user to issue a ping 127.0.0.1 command. What is the purpose of this command?
verify if the network cable is connected to the PC
*verify if the TCP/IP stack is functioning on the PC
verify if the IP address is configured correctly on the PC
verify if the DNS server IP addresses are present on the PC
A small company is contracting with an ISP to host a web server. The web administrator needs to upload files to the web server via a secure channel using FTPS. Although a ping to the server is successful, the web administrator reports that the FTPS connection cannot be established. The technician at the ISP responds that for security reasons the FTPS default port has been blocked by a firewall and the web server has been configured with a non-default port for FTPS access. At which layer of the OSI model has the security measure been applied?
session layer
network layer
*transport layer
application layer
When a field technician visits a customer site and resolves the issue that was opened in a trouble ticket, what should the technician do?
assess the network design of the customer site
survey users at the customer site for further needs
*document the solution and obtain acceptance of the customer
discuss further problems that are identified during the visit and offer cost estimates
Refer to the exhibit. Static routes have been configured on all routers in the network. PC2 can communicate with PC1 but not with PC3. What should be done to remedy the problem?
Reconfigure the first static route with the exit interface S0/0/0.
*Reconfigure the second static route with the exit interface S0/0/1.
Reconfigure the first static route with the next hop address 172.16.3.1.
Reconfigure the second static route with the next hop address 172.16.3.1.
While configuring PAT on a Cisco ISR, a network technician defines the IP address of the router interface that connects to the ISP. This address will be the translated address for all Internet traffic from inside hosts. What is this IP address called?
inside local address
*inside global address
outside local address
outside global address
Refer to the exhibit. Which two routes when either is configured on R1 would allow traffic to be forwarded from hosts on network 192.168.10.0/24 to network 192.168.20.0/24? (Choose two.)
R1(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 S0/0/1
*R1(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.10.10.13
R1(config)# ip route 192.168.20.0 255.255.255.0 Fa0/0
*R1(config)# ip route 192.168.20.0 255.255.255.0 S0/0/0
R1(config)# ip route 172.10.10.12 255.255.255.252 192.168.20.0
In the URL http://dev.cisco.com/wwwdocs/procedures.htm, what is identified by wwwdocs?
the server name where the resource is located
the protocol that is used for the resource request
the domain name of the server that is being accessed
*the folder where the requested resource is stored
Refer to the exhibit. A technician uses the SDM application to configure router R1. Which step should be taken by the technician to enable the Fa0/0 interface on R1 to participate on the connected local network?
Enable a DHCP server on the Fa0/0 LAN interface.
*Configure the appropriate IP address on the Fa0/0 interface.
Configure IP addresses for the primary and secondary DNS server.
Configure the starting and ending IP addresses for the DHCP pool but exclude the Fa0/0 IP address.
Refer to the exhibit. What effect will the commands have when entered on R2?
The cisco1 file will be copied to NVRAM.
The commands will not work because a password has not been set on the TFTP server.
The running configuration will be copied from R2 to the TFTP server.
*The cisco1 file will be copied from the TFTP server to the running configuration of R2.
What is the primary function of the NOC at a large ISP?
installing equipment at a customer site
setting up customer accounts and passwords
*monitoring and testing customer network connections
entering customer requirements in an order-tracking database
What is the maximum unrepeated distance set by industry standards for UTP cable?
10 meters
75 meters
*100 meters
325 meters
Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has an extra router and wishes to use it as shown to passively monitor network traffic. Which IOS feature should be implemented on router EXTRA?
ACLs
CDP
*IDS
IPS
Refer to the exhibit. Hosts that belong to the IT department use 10.10.55.33/27 as a default gateway. Where can this IP address be located in the network?
A
B
C
*D
E
How do Tier 3 ISPs connect to the global Internet?
They connect to the global Internet through Tier 2 ISPs.
They extend across several countries but use the services of a Tier 1 ISP.
They use the services of both Tier 1 and Tier 2 ISPs in order to connect to the global Internet.
*They make up the global backbone of the Internet by physically joining their network with other Tier 3 ISPs.
What is a characteristic of a scalable network?
100% uptime
redundant links
*easy expansion
multiple backup devices
A Cisco switch is installed into a network and two module slots are purposefully left empty. Which network design consideration does this address?
reliability
*scalability
redundancy
accessibility
A company functions from Monday to Friday each week. Their backup strategy calls for full backups each Friday night, with differential backups on all other weekday nights. If an administrator is asked to restore a server hard drive to its Wednesday morning state, how many backups must be used?
1
*2
3
4
Refer to the exhibit. What could be two possible causes for the Serial0/0/0 interface status? (Choose two.)
A Layer 3 issue exists.
The bandwidth is set too high.
*An incorrect cable is being used.
A loopback address must be set.
The reliability setting is too low for the interface.
*A defective serial interface cable was used.
A network designer must specify cable for a 190 meter (625 foot) backbone link where EMI may be an issue. What type of cable should the designer choose?
coaxial
*fiber-optic
shielded twisted pair
unshielded twisted pair
Refer to the exhibit. When the IOS image of a router must be backed up, what are three reasons to issue the exhibited commands? (Choose three.)
to confirm that the IOS image was copied completely
to determine the number of hops to the TFTP server
*to copy the IOS image file to the TFTP server
to set the destination directory on the TFTP server
*to confirm connectivity to the TFTP server
*to view the IOS image name and file size
to confirm that flash has enough space to store the IOS image file
When would TFTP in ROM monitor mode be used to restore a Cisco IOS image to a router?
when a console connection is the only available connection to the router
when the TFTP server software is incompatible with the router IOS version
*when the router is set to boot from flash, but the Cisco IOS image in flash is corrupt or has been erased
when the current Cisco IOS on the router requires a feature upgrade
What will a router do with a packet that is destined for a host with the IP address 192.168.1.5/24 if no entry for the 192.168.1.0/24 network exists in the routing table?
*It will drop the packet.
It will send the packet back to the source address.
It will broadcast the packet out all of its active interfaces.
It will broadcast the packet out all of its active interfaces except the interface that received the packet.
If the NVRAM on a router were to fail, which router resource would be lost?
IOS software image
ROMmon software
running configuration
*startup configuration
In designing a cabling upgrade plan, what is the first best practice that should be implemented?
Suggest the location of the MDF and IDF.
Choose the appropriate wiring.
Choose the new equipment to purchase.
*Examine the floor plan and the condition of existing wiring.
Decide upon the cable management system.
30
256
*2046
2048
4094
4096
In an IPv4 environment, what information is used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to another?
*destination network address
source network address
source MAC address
well known port destination address
A company is developing an Internet store for its website. Which protocol should be used to transfer credit card information from customers to the company web server?
FTPS
HTTP
*HTTPS
WEP2
TFTP
How do port filtering and access lists help provide network security?
*They prevent specified types of traffic from reaching specified network destinations.
They alert network administrators to various type of denial of service attacks as they occur.
They prevent viruses, worms, and Trojans from infecting host computers and servers.
They enable encryption and authentication of confidential data communications.
A user reports being unable to access the Internet. The help desk technician employs a bottom-up approach to troubleshooting. The technician first has the user check the patch cable connection from the PC to the wall, and then has the user verify that the NIC has a green link light. What will the technician have the user do next?
Enter an IP address into the WWW browser address bar to see if DNS is at fault.
Use traceroute to identify the device along the path to the ISP that may be at fault.
*Verify the IP address, subnet, and gateway settings using ipconfig on the PC.
Connect to the user home router to check firewall settings for blocked TCP ports.
Refer to the exhibit. Which combination of cables and symbols is correct?
A - crossover, B - straight-through, C - straight-through
A - crossover, B - rollover, C - straight-through
*A - straight-through, B -crossover, C - straight-through
A - straight-through, B -straight-through, C - straight-through
A - straight-through, B - straight-through, C - crossover
A - rollover, B - straight-through, C - straight-through
Refer to the exhibit. Which command would an administrator use to configure the router name?
Router# ip hostname Boise
Router# hostname Boise
Router(config-line)# name Boise
*Router(config)# hostname Boise
Router> ip hostname Boise
How does a switch interface that uses sticky port security handle MAC addresses?
The addresses are configured manually and are saved in the running configuration.
They are configured manually and are not saved in the running configuration.
*They are configured dynamically and are saved in the running configuration.
They are configured dynamically and are not saved in the running configuration.
Which statement describes a feature of TCP?
It provides low overhead data delivery.
*It acknowledges the receipt of packets.
It does not provide error checking.
It is a connectionless protocol.
Which cable type is used to interconnect the FastEthernet interfaces of two routers?
straight-through
*crossover
console
rollover
Which routing protocol facilitates the exchange of routing information between different autonomous systems?
OSPF
EIGRP
RIP
*BGP
Which statement is true about the reverse lookup DNS zone?
It is most commonly experienced when users are surfing the Internet.
It is the backup for the forward lookup zone.
It dynamically updates the resource records.
*It resolves an IP address to a fully qualified domain name.
Which statement correctly describes the function of AAA?
*It prevents unauthorized access to a network.
It filters traffic based on destination IP and port number.
It enables users to send information to a daemon that is running on a management station.
It encrypts data to provide network security.
Which two services are required to enable a computer to receive dynamic IP addresses and access the Internet using domain names? (Choose two.)
*DNS
WINS
HTTP
*DHCP
SMTP
A network administrator wants to configure six subnets for a Class C network. Which subnet mask will support the maximum number of hosts on each subnet?
255.255.255.248
255.255.255.240
*255.255.255.224
255.255.255.192
A building has experienced a power outage. When the power returns, none of the devices on one floor can access the Internet. The network administrator checks the switch in the IDF that these devices are connected to and notes that the SYST LED on the front of the switch is amber.
What is a possible cause of this problem?
The switch is functioning properly.
*The switch has failed POST.
The switch configuration file was not saved to NVRAM.
The connection between the switch and the server did not autonegotiate speed and duplex properly.
What is the effect of issuing the banner login #Unauthorized login prohibited# command on a router?
*It will display the message "Unauthorized login prohibited" before the router prompts for a user name.
It replaces the banner motd command.
It causes the router to prompt for login credentials for any user who is attempting to connect to the router.
It causes the message "Unauthorized access prohibited" to display when a HyperTerminal connection is idle.
Which statement correctly describes MIB?
It is software that is installed on a device which in turn is managed by SNMP.
It is installed on a system that is used to monitor networking devices.
*It is a database that a device keeps about itself concerning network performance parameters.
It is a communication protocol that is used between the management station and the management agent.
Which type of WAN connection uses a circuit-switched network?
*ISDN
Frame Relay
DSL
Cable
Refer to the exhibit. Which three IP addresses could be assigned to the hosts? (Choose three.)
192.168.88.1
192.168.88.8
*192.168.88.9
*192.168.88.12
*192.168.88.14
192.168.88.15
192.168.88.16
192.168.88.18
A network engineer is asked to specify the type of cable for a new network installation. The engineer plans horizontal cable runs of less than 90 feet (27.4 meters) using cable that is not expensive and is easy to implement. It will be positioned away from electrically noisy areas to avoid EMI. Which cable should the engineer choose?
STP
*UTP
coaxial
fiber optic
For the assignment of permissions to files and folders, what does the "principle of least privilege" imply?
No user has more privileges than any other user.
Permissions to files are given based on seniority.
*Users only have access to resources that are necessary for their jobs.
Users should be given no access to computer resources until they ask.
Which application can be delivered using UDP?
FTP
*DNS
HTTP
SMTP
Which technology is used for WAN connections and delivers up to 1.544 Mb/s of symmetrical bandwidth?
DSL
dialup
*T1 line
T3 line
Which WAN service provides point-to-point connections with a predefined communications path?
E1
T1
dialup
*leased line
What is the primary function of a Level 1 support technician in an ISP help desk department with multiple levels of customer support?
to install hardware replacements for the customer
to accompany an on-site technician to provide additional technical support
*to diagnose and document the symptoms of hardware, software, and system problems
to design network enhancements that support the new technology requirements of the customer
A user calls a help desk about being unable to connect to a web server. The technician asks the user to issue a ping 127.0.0.1 command. What is the purpose of this command?
verify if the network cable is connected to the PC
*verify if the TCP/IP stack is functioning on the PC
verify if the IP address is configured correctly on the PC
verify if the DNS server IP addresses are present on the PC
A small company is contracting with an ISP to host a web server. The web administrator needs to upload files to the web server via a secure channel using FTPS. Although a ping to the server is successful, the web administrator reports that the FTPS connection cannot be established. The technician at the ISP responds that for security reasons the FTPS default port has been blocked by a firewall and the web server has been configured with a non-default port for FTPS access. At which layer of the OSI model has the security measure been applied?
session layer
network layer
*transport layer
application layer
When a field technician visits a customer site and resolves the issue that was opened in a trouble ticket, what should the technician do?
assess the network design of the customer site
survey users at the customer site for further needs
*document the solution and obtain acceptance of the customer
discuss further problems that are identified during the visit and offer cost estimates
Refer to the exhibit. Static routes have been configured on all routers in the network. PC2 can communicate with PC1 but not with PC3. What should be done to remedy the problem?
Reconfigure the first static route with the exit interface S0/0/0.
*Reconfigure the second static route with the exit interface S0/0/1.
Reconfigure the first static route with the next hop address 172.16.3.1.
Reconfigure the second static route with the next hop address 172.16.3.1.
While configuring PAT on a Cisco ISR, a network technician defines the IP address of the router interface that connects to the ISP. This address will be the translated address for all Internet traffic from inside hosts. What is this IP address called?
inside local address
*inside global address
outside local address
outside global address
Refer to the exhibit. Which two routes when either is configured on R1 would allow traffic to be forwarded from hosts on network 192.168.10.0/24 to network 192.168.20.0/24? (Choose two.)
R1(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 S0/0/1
*R1(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.10.10.13
R1(config)# ip route 192.168.20.0 255.255.255.0 Fa0/0
*R1(config)# ip route 192.168.20.0 255.255.255.0 S0/0/0
R1(config)# ip route 172.10.10.12 255.255.255.252 192.168.20.0
In the URL http://dev.cisco.com/wwwdocs/procedures.htm, what is identified by wwwdocs?
the server name where the resource is located
the protocol that is used for the resource request
the domain name of the server that is being accessed
*the folder where the requested resource is stored
Refer to the exhibit. A technician uses the SDM application to configure router R1. Which step should be taken by the technician to enable the Fa0/0 interface on R1 to participate on the connected local network?
Enable a DHCP server on the Fa0/0 LAN interface.
*Configure the appropriate IP address on the Fa0/0 interface.
Configure IP addresses for the primary and secondary DNS server.
Configure the starting and ending IP addresses for the DHCP pool but exclude the Fa0/0 IP address.
Refer to the exhibit. What effect will the commands have when entered on R2?
The cisco1 file will be copied to NVRAM.
The commands will not work because a password has not been set on the TFTP server.
The running configuration will be copied from R2 to the TFTP server.
*The cisco1 file will be copied from the TFTP server to the running configuration of R2.
What is the primary function of the NOC at a large ISP?
installing equipment at a customer site
setting up customer accounts and passwords
*monitoring and testing customer network connections
entering customer requirements in an order-tracking database
What is the maximum unrepeated distance set by industry standards for UTP cable?
10 meters
75 meters
*100 meters
325 meters
Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has an extra router and wishes to use it as shown to passively monitor network traffic. Which IOS feature should be implemented on router EXTRA?
ACLs
CDP
*IDS
IPS
Refer to the exhibit. Hosts that belong to the IT department use 10.10.55.33/27 as a default gateway. Where can this IP address be located in the network?
A
B
C
*D
E
How do Tier 3 ISPs connect to the global Internet?
They connect to the global Internet through Tier 2 ISPs.
They extend across several countries but use the services of a Tier 1 ISP.
They use the services of both Tier 1 and Tier 2 ISPs in order to connect to the global Internet.
*They make up the global backbone of the Internet by physically joining their network with other Tier 3 ISPs.
What is a characteristic of a scalable network?
100% uptime
redundant links
*easy expansion
multiple backup devices
A Cisco switch is installed into a network and two module slots are purposefully left empty. Which network design consideration does this address?
reliability
*scalability
redundancy
accessibility
A company functions from Monday to Friday each week. Their backup strategy calls for full backups each Friday night, with differential backups on all other weekday nights. If an administrator is asked to restore a server hard drive to its Wednesday morning state, how many backups must be used?
1
*2
3
4
Refer to the exhibit. What could be two possible causes for the Serial0/0/0 interface status? (Choose two.)
A Layer 3 issue exists.
The bandwidth is set too high.
*An incorrect cable is being used.
A loopback address must be set.
The reliability setting is too low for the interface.
*A defective serial interface cable was used.
A network designer must specify cable for a 190 meter (625 foot) backbone link where EMI may be an issue. What type of cable should the designer choose?
coaxial
*fiber-optic
shielded twisted pair
unshielded twisted pair
Refer to the exhibit. When the IOS image of a router must be backed up, what are three reasons to issue the exhibited commands? (Choose three.)
to confirm that the IOS image was copied completely
to determine the number of hops to the TFTP server
*to copy the IOS image file to the TFTP server
to set the destination directory on the TFTP server
*to confirm connectivity to the TFTP server
*to view the IOS image name and file size
to confirm that flash has enough space to store the IOS image file
When would TFTP in ROM monitor mode be used to restore a Cisco IOS image to a router?
when a console connection is the only available connection to the router
when the TFTP server software is incompatible with the router IOS version
*when the router is set to boot from flash, but the Cisco IOS image in flash is corrupt or has been erased
when the current Cisco IOS on the router requires a feature upgrade
What will a router do with a packet that is destined for a host with the IP address 192.168.1.5/24 if no entry for the 192.168.1.0/24 network exists in the routing table?
*It will drop the packet.
It will send the packet back to the source address.
It will broadcast the packet out all of its active interfaces.
It will broadcast the packet out all of its active interfaces except the interface that received the packet.
If the NVRAM on a router were to fail, which router resource would be lost?
IOS software image
ROMmon software
running configuration
*startup configuration
In designing a cabling upgrade plan, what is the first best practice that should be implemented?
Suggest the location of the MDF and IDF.
Choose the appropriate wiring.
Choose the new equipment to purchase.
*Examine the floor plan and the condition of existing wiring.
Decide upon the cable management system.
final
CCNA2_form3a-ver.4.1
1.What is used by a routing protocol to determine the
best path to include in the routing table?
Convergence time
Default distance
*Metric
Type of router
2.The show ip route command was executed on one of the routers shown in the graphic and the following output was displayed:
C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0
R 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0
R 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1
From which router was this command executed?
A
B
*C
D
3.Supporting Multiple Services
Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe the data conversation shown? (Choose two.)
*The data conversation was started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
The data conversation is identified by TCP port 80 on the client.
The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.
The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43.
*The Internet server will send data to port 8547 on the client.
4.How do port filtering and access lists help provide network security?
*They prevent specified types of traffic from reaching specified network destinations.
They alert network administrators to various type of denial of service attacks as they occur.
They prevent viruses, worms, and Trojans from infecting host computers and servers.
They enable encryption and authentication of confidential data communications.
5.Configuring An Interface. Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured to connect to the headquarters router?
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.19 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.25 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.33 255.255.255.240
*branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
6.The command copy tftp running-config has been entered on the router. What will this command do?
copy the configuration in RAM to a server
*copy the configuration file from a server to RAM
copy the configuration file in NVRAM to RAM
copy the configuration file in NVRAM to a server
copy the configuration file from a server to NVRAM
7. A user reports being unable to access the Internet. The help desk technician employs a bottom-up approach to troubleshooting. The technician first has the user check the patch cable connection from the PC to the wall, and then has the user verify that the NIC has a green link light. What will the technician have the user do next?
Enter an IP address into the WWW browser address bar to see if DNS is at fault.
Use traceroute to identify the device along the path to the ISP that may be at fault.
*Verify the IP address, subnet, and gateway settings using ipconfig on the PC.
Connect to the user home router to check firewall settings for blocked TCP ports.
8.What is the purpose of the routing process?
to encapsulate data that is used to communicate across a network
*to select the paths that are used to direct traffic to destination networks
to convert a URL name into an IP address
to provide secure Internet file transfer
to forward traffic on the basis of MAC addresses
9.Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator of the building in the graphic needs to choose the type of cable best suited to add ServerB to the network. Which cable type is the best choice?
STP
UTP
coaxial
*fiber optic
10.Refer to the exhibit. Which combination of cables and symbols is correct?
A - crossover, B - straight-through, C - straight-through
A - crossover, B - rollover, C - straight-through
*A - straight-through, B -crossover, C - straight-through
A - straight-through, B -straight-through, C - straight-through
A - straight-through, B - straight-through, C - crossover
A - rollover, B - straight-through, C - straight-through
11.Refer to the exhibit. A ping 192.168.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What two events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)
The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.
Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.
The router will send a TCP acknowledgment message to workstation A.
Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to the router.
*Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
*Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
12.Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting the serial connection between R1 and R2. There is no communication between R1 and R2. Based on the output of the show ip interface brief command, what is the cause of the problem?
*There is a misconfiguration of IP addresses.
There is a mismatch of encapsulation methods.
The no shutdown command should be issued on R2.
The routing protocols are not compatible.
13.Which combination of network address and subnet mask allows 62 hosts to be connected in a single subnet?
Network address 10.1.1.4 Subnet mask 255.255.255.240
Network address 10.1.1.0 Subnet mask 255.255.255.252
*Network address 10.1.1.0 Subnet mask 255.255.255.192
Network address 10.1.1.4 Subnet mask 255.255.255.248
14.What is a characteristic of UDP?
It is a reliable transport protocol.
It requires the source host to resend packets that are not acknowledged.
*It adds a minimal amount of overhead to the data to be transmitted.
It is a connection-oriented protocol.
15.Which cable type is used to interconnect the FastEthernet interfaces of two routers?
straight-through
*crossover
console
rollover
16.What are three features of the TCP protocol? (Choose three.)
*It provides retransmission of data packets if they are lost during transmission.
It is a connectionless protocol.
*It uses a three-way handshake between the sending and receiving systems to establish each conversation.
*It specifies how messages are reassembled at the destination host.
It requires only 8 bytes of overhead.
It breaks the data packet into datagrams.
17.Which statement is true about the reverse lookup DNS zone?
It is most commonly experienced when users are surfing the Internet.
It is the backup for the forward lookup zone.
It dynamically updates the resource records.
*It resolves an IP address to a fully qualified domain name.
18.A user is able to ping IP addresses but is unable to ping hosts by domain name. What should be checked at the workstation of the user?
the device driver configuration of NIC
the LED status of the NIC
*the DNS configuration
the firewall settings
19.Refer to the exhibit. A new router has been configured for the first time with the commands that are displayed. Which two facts can be determined about the interface of this router? (Choose two.)
*It will act as a DCE device.
*It is administratively down.
It will operate at a speed of 6.4 Mb/s.
It is the first interface on slot 0 of controller 1.
Because MOTD is not configured, the interface will not work.
20.What is a feature of PAT?
It maps IP addresses to URLs.
It displays private IP addresses to public networks.
It sends acknowledgments of received packets.
*It allows multiple hosts on a single LAN to share globally unique IP addresses.
21.A building has experienced a power outage. When the power returns, none of the devices on one floor can access the Internet. The network administrator checks the switch in the IDF that these devices are connected to and notes that the SYST LED on the front of the switch is amber.
What is a possible cause of this problem?
The switch is functioning properly.
*The switch has failed POST.
The switch configuration file was not saved to NVRAM.
The connection between the switch and the server did not autonegotiate speed and duplex properly.
22.What is the effect of issuing the hostname RouterA command on a router?
A description will be configured on the router interfaces identifying them as belonging to RouterA.
The router will attempt to establish a connection to the host with the name RouterA.
The router will map an IP address to the domain name RouterA.
*The router prompt will change from Router(config)# to RouterA(config)#
23.Refer to the exhibit. What does the highlighted value 120 represent?
the number of hops between the router and network 10.0.5.0
*the administrative distance of the routing protocol
the UDP port number that is used for forwarding traffic
the bandwidth that is allocated to the serial interface
24.Refer to the exhibit. Devices need to connect to the file server from remote networks. What method should be used to provide the file server with an IP address to allow these connections?
*static NAT
static PAT
dynamic NAT
dynamic PAT
25.Which type of WAN connection uses a circuit-switched network?
*ISDN
Frame Relay
DSL
Cable
26.Refer to the exhibit. Which subnet mask would accommodate the number of hosts shown for each subnetwork with the least amount of IP addresses wasted?
255.255.0.0
255.255.255.192
*255.255.255.224
255.255.255.240
255.255.255.248
27.To manage a Cisco switch using Telnet, where would the management IP address be configured on the switch?
*VLAN 1 interface
first vty port
first trunk port
console port
FastEthernet 0/1 interface
28.Which service team in an ISP is responsible for determining if the new customer has hardware that will support the new WAN connection and if new WAN circuits need to be installed?
customer service
onsite installation
*planning and provisioning
network operations center
29.A small company has contracted with its ISP for web hosting. Which two items would be included in the SLA for this service? (Choose two.)
*performance
web server cost
*service availability
operating system on the web server
web server model and configuration
30.Which question provides troubleshooting information about a problem at Layer 1 or Layer 2 of the OSI model?
Can the server be reached through Telnet?
Is there a firewall that is configured on the PC?
*Is there a link light on the network card?
What addresses are configured in the TCP/IP settings?
31.Which protocol allows secure in-band management so that a network administrator can monitor and configure network devices without fear of any passwords being compromised?
*SSH
HTTP
SNMP
Telnet
32.Refer to the exhibit. Router Left is unable to ping router Right. The show interfaces serial 0/0/0 command indicates that the interface is up but the line protocol is down on both routers. Which action could be taken to establish connectivity between the two routers?
Configure S0/0/1 instead of S0/0/0 on router Right.
Enter the encapsulation hdlc command on router Right.
Contact the service provider to report that the circuit is down.
Contact the service provider to enable PPP on the WAN circuit.
*Enter the no encapsulation ppp command on router Left S0/0/0.
33.Refer to the exhibit. Users at the branch office complain that they cannot download files from the FTP server that is located at the company headquarters (HQ). Which three troubleshooting steps would be appropriate, in the order from first step to the last, if a technician troubleshoots the problem by using the divide-and-conquer method?
*steps 1, 3, and 6
steps 1, 4, and 6
steps 2, 3, and 7
steps 4, 5, and 6
34.What is the default encapsulation for serial interfaces on Cisco routers?
PPP
SLIP
*HDLC
Frame Relay
35.Refer to the exhibit. What does the ^ symbol indicate?
It marks the end of an error message and an insert point for a new command.
It marks the beginning of an error message and an insert point for a new command.
*It marks a point in the command string where there is an incorrect or unrecognized character.
It marks a point in the command string where a parameter has to be entered to complete the command configuration.
36.Refer to the exhibit. What effect will the commands have when entered on R2?
The cisco1 file will be copied to NVRAM.
The commands will not work because a password has not been set on the TFTP server.
The running configuration will be copied from R2 to the TFTP server.
*The cisco1 file will be copied from the TFTP server to the running configuration of R2.
37.A network technician wants to restore a backup copy of the saved configuration file on a router from a TFTP server. After restoring the file from the TFTP server, the technician reloads the router and finds that it still has the old configuration file instead of the restored file. What could have caused this?
The technician entered the command delete flash: before reloading the router.
The technician entered the command boot system rom before reloading the router.
The technician entered the command erase startup-config before reloading the router.
*The technician failed to enter the command copy running-config startup-config before reloading the router.
38.What is the maximum unrepeated distance set by industry standards for UTP cable?
10 meters
75 meters
*100 meters
325 meters
39.What can be gained by using a caching-only DNS server?
The DNS server will use more WAN bandwidth.
The DNS server will only answer recursive queries.
The DNS server will be authoritative for only one zone.
*The DNS server will resolve most queries more quickly.
40.Which transport layer protocol will allow segments to be exchanged between two hosts with low overhead and no mechanism for retransmission?
IP
FTP
TCP
*UDP
SMTP
41.Refer to the exhibit. Host H1 is sending a datagram to host H2 across the Internet. NAT will be configured on RTRC. Which address is considered the inside local address?
10.1.1.1
*10.1.1.6
209.165.201.2
209.165.201.17
209.165.200.226
42.Which encapsulation method supports automatic IP address assignment via the option IP Negotiated, when SDM is used to configure WAN connections on a router?
*PPP
HDLC
Ethernet
Frame Relay
43.What is a characteristic of a scalable network?
100% uptime
redundant links
*easy expansion
multiple backup devices
44.A company functions from Monday to Friday each week. Their backup strategy calls for full backups each Friday night, with differential backups on all other weekday nights. If an administrator is asked to restore a server hard drive to its Wednesday morning state, how many backups must be used?
1
*2
3
4
45.A network engineer has been asked to design a new structured cable system. What should be the first step in the project?
*Obtain an accurate floor plan.
Identify all potential sources of EMI.
Sketch the proposed network design.
Determine the locations of all network devices.
46.Refer to the exhibit. Which statement correctly identifies the OSI layer and possible reason that Serial 0/0/0 is down?
*Layer 1 - cable is not plugged in correctly
Layer 1 - no shutdown command not entered
Layer 2 - clock rate not set
Layer 2 - incorrect encapsulation is configured on the WAN link
Layer 3 - incorrect IP addresses was configured on the interface
Layer 3 - network statement is missing from the routing protocol configuration
47.In the relationship between an ISP and a customer, what is the purpose of an SLA?
It shows bandwidth utilization over time.
*It documents expectations and obligations of both parties.
It helps technicians locate sources of service interruptions.
It provides performance baselines for network troubleshooting.
48.When would TFTP in ROM monitor mode be used to restore a Cisco IOS image to a router?
when a console connection is the only available connection to the router
when the TFTP server software is incompatible with the router IOS version
*when the router is set to boot from flash, but the Cisco IOS image in flash is corrupt or has been erased
when the current Cisco IOS on the router requires a feature upgrade
49.To protect the data of its customers, an ISP applies the security principle of least privilege within its organization and network. What is the principle of least privilege?
Encrypt only mission-critical data.
*Give employees access only to the resources that they need.
Restrict file and folder access to system administrators only.
Use the smallest possible number of servers to share files and folders.
50.In a structured cable system, which term describes the cable that connects the wall jack in the user work area to the patch panel in the wiring closet?
patch cable
vertical cable
*horizontal cable
backbone cable
Convergence time
Default distance
*Metric
Type of router
2.The show ip route command was executed on one of the routers shown in the graphic and the following output was displayed:
C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0
R 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0
R 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1
C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1
From which router was this command executed?
A
B
*C
D
3.Supporting Multiple Services
Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe the data conversation shown? (Choose two.)
*The data conversation was started by the HTTP application process running on the client.
The data conversation is identified by TCP port 80 on the client.
The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.
The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43.
*The Internet server will send data to port 8547 on the client.
4.How do port filtering and access lists help provide network security?
*They prevent specified types of traffic from reaching specified network destinations.
They alert network administrators to various type of denial of service attacks as they occur.
They prevent viruses, worms, and Trojans from infecting host computers and servers.
They enable encryption and authentication of confidential data communications.
5.Configuring An Interface. Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured to connect to the headquarters router?
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.19 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.25 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.33 255.255.255.240
*branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp
branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240
branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown
6.The command copy tftp running-config has been entered on the router. What will this command do?
copy the configuration in RAM to a server
*copy the configuration file from a server to RAM
copy the configuration file in NVRAM to RAM
copy the configuration file in NVRAM to a server
copy the configuration file from a server to NVRAM
7. A user reports being unable to access the Internet. The help desk technician employs a bottom-up approach to troubleshooting. The technician first has the user check the patch cable connection from the PC to the wall, and then has the user verify that the NIC has a green link light. What will the technician have the user do next?
Enter an IP address into the WWW browser address bar to see if DNS is at fault.
Use traceroute to identify the device along the path to the ISP that may be at fault.
*Verify the IP address, subnet, and gateway settings using ipconfig on the PC.
Connect to the user home router to check firewall settings for blocked TCP ports.
8.What is the purpose of the routing process?
to encapsulate data that is used to communicate across a network
*to select the paths that are used to direct traffic to destination networks
to convert a URL name into an IP address
to provide secure Internet file transfer
to forward traffic on the basis of MAC addresses
9.Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator of the building in the graphic needs to choose the type of cable best suited to add ServerB to the network. Which cable type is the best choice?
STP
UTP
coaxial
*fiber optic
10.Refer to the exhibit. Which combination of cables and symbols is correct?
A - crossover, B - straight-through, C - straight-through
A - crossover, B - rollover, C - straight-through
*A - straight-through, B -crossover, C - straight-through
A - straight-through, B -straight-through, C - straight-through
A - straight-through, B - straight-through, C - crossover
A - rollover, B - straight-through, C - straight-through
11.Refer to the exhibit. A ping 192.168.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What two events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)
The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.
Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.
The router will send a TCP acknowledgment message to workstation A.
Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to the router.
*Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation B.
*Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.
12.Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting the serial connection between R1 and R2. There is no communication between R1 and R2. Based on the output of the show ip interface brief command, what is the cause of the problem?
*There is a misconfiguration of IP addresses.
There is a mismatch of encapsulation methods.
The no shutdown command should be issued on R2.
The routing protocols are not compatible.
13.Which combination of network address and subnet mask allows 62 hosts to be connected in a single subnet?
Network address 10.1.1.4 Subnet mask 255.255.255.240
Network address 10.1.1.0 Subnet mask 255.255.255.252
*Network address 10.1.1.0 Subnet mask 255.255.255.192
Network address 10.1.1.4 Subnet mask 255.255.255.248
14.What is a characteristic of UDP?
It is a reliable transport protocol.
It requires the source host to resend packets that are not acknowledged.
*It adds a minimal amount of overhead to the data to be transmitted.
It is a connection-oriented protocol.
15.Which cable type is used to interconnect the FastEthernet interfaces of two routers?
straight-through
*crossover
console
rollover
16.What are three features of the TCP protocol? (Choose three.)
*It provides retransmission of data packets if they are lost during transmission.
It is a connectionless protocol.
*It uses a three-way handshake between the sending and receiving systems to establish each conversation.
*It specifies how messages are reassembled at the destination host.
It requires only 8 bytes of overhead.
It breaks the data packet into datagrams.
17.Which statement is true about the reverse lookup DNS zone?
It is most commonly experienced when users are surfing the Internet.
It is the backup for the forward lookup zone.
It dynamically updates the resource records.
*It resolves an IP address to a fully qualified domain name.
18.A user is able to ping IP addresses but is unable to ping hosts by domain name. What should be checked at the workstation of the user?
the device driver configuration of NIC
the LED status of the NIC
*the DNS configuration
the firewall settings
19.Refer to the exhibit. A new router has been configured for the first time with the commands that are displayed. Which two facts can be determined about the interface of this router? (Choose two.)
*It will act as a DCE device.
*It is administratively down.
It will operate at a speed of 6.4 Mb/s.
It is the first interface on slot 0 of controller 1.
Because MOTD is not configured, the interface will not work.
20.What is a feature of PAT?
It maps IP addresses to URLs.
It displays private IP addresses to public networks.
It sends acknowledgments of received packets.
*It allows multiple hosts on a single LAN to share globally unique IP addresses.
21.A building has experienced a power outage. When the power returns, none of the devices on one floor can access the Internet. The network administrator checks the switch in the IDF that these devices are connected to and notes that the SYST LED on the front of the switch is amber.
What is a possible cause of this problem?
The switch is functioning properly.
*The switch has failed POST.
The switch configuration file was not saved to NVRAM.
The connection between the switch and the server did not autonegotiate speed and duplex properly.
22.What is the effect of issuing the hostname RouterA command on a router?
A description will be configured on the router interfaces identifying them as belonging to RouterA.
The router will attempt to establish a connection to the host with the name RouterA.
The router will map an IP address to the domain name RouterA.
*The router prompt will change from Router(config)# to RouterA(config)#
23.Refer to the exhibit. What does the highlighted value 120 represent?
the number of hops between the router and network 10.0.5.0
*the administrative distance of the routing protocol
the UDP port number that is used for forwarding traffic
the bandwidth that is allocated to the serial interface
24.Refer to the exhibit. Devices need to connect to the file server from remote networks. What method should be used to provide the file server with an IP address to allow these connections?
*static NAT
static PAT
dynamic NAT
dynamic PAT
25.Which type of WAN connection uses a circuit-switched network?
*ISDN
Frame Relay
DSL
Cable
26.Refer to the exhibit. Which subnet mask would accommodate the number of hosts shown for each subnetwork with the least amount of IP addresses wasted?
255.255.0.0
255.255.255.192
*255.255.255.224
255.255.255.240
255.255.255.248
27.To manage a Cisco switch using Telnet, where would the management IP address be configured on the switch?
*VLAN 1 interface
first vty port
first trunk port
console port
FastEthernet 0/1 interface
28.Which service team in an ISP is responsible for determining if the new customer has hardware that will support the new WAN connection and if new WAN circuits need to be installed?
customer service
onsite installation
*planning and provisioning
network operations center
29.A small company has contracted with its ISP for web hosting. Which two items would be included in the SLA for this service? (Choose two.)
*performance
web server cost
*service availability
operating system on the web server
web server model and configuration
30.Which question provides troubleshooting information about a problem at Layer 1 or Layer 2 of the OSI model?
Can the server be reached through Telnet?
Is there a firewall that is configured on the PC?
*Is there a link light on the network card?
What addresses are configured in the TCP/IP settings?
31.Which protocol allows secure in-band management so that a network administrator can monitor and configure network devices without fear of any passwords being compromised?
*SSH
HTTP
SNMP
Telnet
32.Refer to the exhibit. Router Left is unable to ping router Right. The show interfaces serial 0/0/0 command indicates that the interface is up but the line protocol is down on both routers. Which action could be taken to establish connectivity between the two routers?
Configure S0/0/1 instead of S0/0/0 on router Right.
Enter the encapsulation hdlc command on router Right.
Contact the service provider to report that the circuit is down.
Contact the service provider to enable PPP on the WAN circuit.
*Enter the no encapsulation ppp command on router Left S0/0/0.
33.Refer to the exhibit. Users at the branch office complain that they cannot download files from the FTP server that is located at the company headquarters (HQ). Which three troubleshooting steps would be appropriate, in the order from first step to the last, if a technician troubleshoots the problem by using the divide-and-conquer method?
*steps 1, 3, and 6
steps 1, 4, and 6
steps 2, 3, and 7
steps 4, 5, and 6
34.What is the default encapsulation for serial interfaces on Cisco routers?
PPP
SLIP
*HDLC
Frame Relay
35.Refer to the exhibit. What does the ^ symbol indicate?
It marks the end of an error message and an insert point for a new command.
It marks the beginning of an error message and an insert point for a new command.
*It marks a point in the command string where there is an incorrect or unrecognized character.
It marks a point in the command string where a parameter has to be entered to complete the command configuration.
36.Refer to the exhibit. What effect will the commands have when entered on R2?
The cisco1 file will be copied to NVRAM.
The commands will not work because a password has not been set on the TFTP server.
The running configuration will be copied from R2 to the TFTP server.
*The cisco1 file will be copied from the TFTP server to the running configuration of R2.
37.A network technician wants to restore a backup copy of the saved configuration file on a router from a TFTP server. After restoring the file from the TFTP server, the technician reloads the router and finds that it still has the old configuration file instead of the restored file. What could have caused this?
The technician entered the command delete flash: before reloading the router.
The technician entered the command boot system rom before reloading the router.
The technician entered the command erase startup-config before reloading the router.
*The technician failed to enter the command copy running-config startup-config before reloading the router.
38.What is the maximum unrepeated distance set by industry standards for UTP cable?
10 meters
75 meters
*100 meters
325 meters
39.What can be gained by using a caching-only DNS server?
The DNS server will use more WAN bandwidth.
The DNS server will only answer recursive queries.
The DNS server will be authoritative for only one zone.
*The DNS server will resolve most queries more quickly.
40.Which transport layer protocol will allow segments to be exchanged between two hosts with low overhead and no mechanism for retransmission?
IP
FTP
TCP
*UDP
SMTP
41.Refer to the exhibit. Host H1 is sending a datagram to host H2 across the Internet. NAT will be configured on RTRC. Which address is considered the inside local address?
10.1.1.1
*10.1.1.6
209.165.201.2
209.165.201.17
209.165.200.226
42.Which encapsulation method supports automatic IP address assignment via the option IP Negotiated, when SDM is used to configure WAN connections on a router?
*PPP
HDLC
Ethernet
Frame Relay
43.What is a characteristic of a scalable network?
100% uptime
redundant links
*easy expansion
multiple backup devices
44.A company functions from Monday to Friday each week. Their backup strategy calls for full backups each Friday night, with differential backups on all other weekday nights. If an administrator is asked to restore a server hard drive to its Wednesday morning state, how many backups must be used?
1
*2
3
4
45.A network engineer has been asked to design a new structured cable system. What should be the first step in the project?
*Obtain an accurate floor plan.
Identify all potential sources of EMI.
Sketch the proposed network design.
Determine the locations of all network devices.
46.Refer to the exhibit. Which statement correctly identifies the OSI layer and possible reason that Serial 0/0/0 is down?
*Layer 1 - cable is not plugged in correctly
Layer 1 - no shutdown command not entered
Layer 2 - clock rate not set
Layer 2 - incorrect encapsulation is configured on the WAN link
Layer 3 - incorrect IP addresses was configured on the interface
Layer 3 - network statement is missing from the routing protocol configuration
47.In the relationship between an ISP and a customer, what is the purpose of an SLA?
It shows bandwidth utilization over time.
*It documents expectations and obligations of both parties.
It helps technicians locate sources of service interruptions.
It provides performance baselines for network troubleshooting.
48.When would TFTP in ROM monitor mode be used to restore a Cisco IOS image to a router?
when a console connection is the only available connection to the router
when the TFTP server software is incompatible with the router IOS version
*when the router is set to boot from flash, but the Cisco IOS image in flash is corrupt or has been erased
when the current Cisco IOS on the router requires a feature upgrade
49.To protect the data of its customers, an ISP applies the security principle of least privilege within its organization and network. What is the principle of least privilege?
Encrypt only mission-critical data.
*Give employees access only to the resources that they need.
Restrict file and folder access to system administrators only.
Use the smallest possible number of servers to share files and folders.
50.In a structured cable system, which term describes the cable that connects the wall jack in the user work area to the patch panel in the wiring closet?
patch cable
vertical cable
*horizontal cable
backbone cable
5 komentar:
Thank you very much gan. :shakehand
bro i got 91% of test thank u so much keep it up
Thank you so much - 91.2%
Thank you so much for this informative post.
Computer Enhancements NZ Ltd
This is truly an important piece of information given by you. Thank you so much for your post.
Computer Enhancements NZ Ltd
Posting Komentar